Explain the role of Einstein AI in improving complaint management in the Financial Services Cloud according to the Winter '25 release notes.

In the Winter '25 release, Einstein AI enhances the complaint management process within the Financial Services Cloud by providing generative AI capabilities. This allows for faster and more efficient resolution of complaints, leveraging AI-driven insights to streamline complaint handling .

How does the introduction of new invocable actions in the Invoice Management system affect user interactions according to the Salesforce Winter '25 release notes?

The introduction of new invocable actions in the Invoice Management system as part of the Winter '25 release allows for more flexible and programmable interactions with invoices. It facilitates the automation of various tasks and actions directly related to invoices, streamlining processes and enhancing efficiency for users through more customizable workflows .

What strategic planning optimizations are introduced in the Winter '25 Salesforce release for sales teams?

Strategic planning optimizations for sales teams introduced in the Winter '25 release include enhanced account planning capabilities, AI-driven insights for customer identification, and the ability to submit forecast numbers that account for territory hierarchy and owner attribute data. These improvements aid in better strategic decision-making and resource allocation for sales teams .

What are the updates related to Salesforce Winter '25 release for managing sales agreements in the Manufacturing Cloud?

Salesforce Winter '25 release introduces several updates for managing sales agreements in the Manufacturing Cloud. These include minimizing revenue leakage with decimal precision in quantity metrics, the option to specify or autopopulate planned quantities for sales agreement products, improved recognition of products and schedules in the sales agreement table, and enhanced support for mobile and report functionalities for Manufacturing Cloud objects .

In what ways does the Winter '25 release advance appointment scheduling within Field Service operations?

The Winter '25 release improves appointment scheduling in Field Service operations by incorporating reshuffling and prioritizing service appointments based on their importance. It allows for automatic movement of appointments across shifts or resources to accommodate high-priority tasks. Additionally, travel time buffers can be added to estimated travel times to ensure more accurate scheduling and customer satisfaction .

Discuss the improvements made to the Data Cloud's security and governance in the Winter '25 release.

The Winter '25 release of Salesforce has strengthened Data Cloud's security and governance by limiting access to data through the Data Access Level setting that controls viewing rights based on access to parent objects. Additionally, metadata is locked within Data Kits to prevent unauthorized changes, and sharing via Lakehouse Federation allows secured query execution across platforms without data migration .

In what ways does the redesign of commerce workspaces enhance user experience in the Winter '25 release?

The redesign of commerce workspaces in the Winter '25 release enhances user experience by adding quick filters and bulk actions features. These improvements simplify task completion, increase workflow efficiency, and improve organizational capabilities, thus offering a more robust and user-friendly interface for users managing products and settings in commerce environments .

How does the new Data Cloud One feature introduced in Winter '25 facilitate multi-org data management?

Data Cloud One allows for seamless bidirectional metadata sharing across all Salesforce orgs from a single Data Cloud. It extends the customer 360 view across the organization by enabling users to access shared data and features even in companion orgs, thus simplifying multi-org data management and integration .

How does the Winter '25 release enhance financial reporting for legal entities within Salesforce?

The Winter '25 release by Salesforce enhances financial reporting by introducing accounting periods for legal entities. This update streamlines financial processes and supports more accurate and regulatory-compliant reporting for legal entities .

Open navigation menu

Upload

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

2K views859 pages

Salesforce Release Notes

Q: What capabilities are introduced in the Winter '25 release for automating financial processes within the Salesforce platform?

The Winter '25 release introduces several capabilities for automating financial processes on the Salesforce platform, including the conversion of negative invoice lines to credit memo lines, automatic application of credit balances to settle invoices faster, and automatic invoice generation for scheduled billings .

Uploaded by

chinghwachen678

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

2K views859 pages

Salesforce Release Notes

Uploaded by

chinghwachen678

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 859

Salesforce Release Notes

Salesforce, Winter ’25

Last updated: November 1, 2024

names and marks. Other marks appearing herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.
CONTENTS

SALESFORCE WINTER ’25 RELEASE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
How to Use the Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Get Ready for the Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Monthly Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Release Note Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Supported Browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
How and When Do Features Become Available? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Salesforce Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Release Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Data Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Einstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Experience Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Field Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Hyperforce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Industries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
MuleSoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Omnistudio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Revenue Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Salesforce CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Salesforce Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Salesforce for Slack Integrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Security, Identity, and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
Work.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
Other Salesforce Products and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
Legal Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
SALESFORCE WINTER ’25 RELEASE NOTES

See how the Winter ’25 release helps teams work smarter with new product innovations built on CRM + AI + Data + Trust.

What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes?

Learn about new features that make the Salesforce release notes easier to use. Think of this page as release notes for the release
notes and check back each seasonal release to see what’s new and improved. We also welcome your feedback!
How to Use the Release Notes
Our release notes offer brief, high-level descriptions of enhancements and new features. We include setup information, tips to help
you get started, and best practices to ensure your continued success.
Get Ready for the Release
Reading the release notes is a great step in preparing for the release. These other resources help get you and your users ready for
what’s coming your way. We add resources throughout the release when they become available, so check back often.
Release Notes for Features Released Monthly
Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year for some products. Find out what’s new
and read more about these features, as often as monthly, right here in the seasonal release notes.
Release Note Changes
Read about changes to the release notes, with the most recent changes first.
Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.
How and When Do Features Become Available?
Some features in Winter ’25 affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your
users beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from
the new functionality.
Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.
Release Updates
Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The
Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect
existing customizations.
Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, Tableau, and Einstein Discovery.
Commerce
Commerce Cloud enhancements include new and updated features for B2B and D2C Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce
Order Management, and Salesforce Payments.
Customization
New and improved access summary views make managing permissions simpler. Manage list view items more easily with improved
performance, usability, and other enhancements. Add impact to your Lightning records by augmenting your fields with conditional
formatting.

1
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and
intelligent experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.
Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.
Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.
Experience Cloud
Upgrade existing LWR sites and CMS workspaces to enhanced sites and enjoy better performance and new features. Offer site
builders an improved experience with a new navigation component, upgraded record components, and improved SEO. Capture
more site events and send them to Data Cloud with the updated Data Cloud integration. Make your sites work for you with new
Salesforce CDN features, additional custom domain support, and more.
Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.
Hyperforce
Hyperforce is the next-generation Salesforce infrastructure architecture built for the public cloud. It provides Salesforce applications
with compliance, security, privacy, agility and scalability, and gives customers more choice over data residency.
Industries
Industries solutions shape Salesforce to the needs of your business, reducing the need for you to customize things yourself. Get the
most out of your assets by using Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Automotive Cloud optimizes vehicle loans and leases with
Digital Lending for Automotive. Consumer Goods Cloud helps tour drivers sell directly from their trucks. Financial Services Cloud
gets more service process templates and introduces business relationship plans. Health Cloud improves the scheduling experience
for Home Health and Intelligent Appointment Management. Life Sciences Cloud helps organizations make trials more accessible
with support for financial assistance programs. Salesforce for Education integrates with Data Cloud and expands its generative AI
capabilities. We also have plenty of changes for Manufacturing Cloud, Loyalty Management, Industries common features, and much
more.
Marketing
Salesforce marketing products and features streamline and supercharge your promotional campaigns. Find out what improvements
are arriving in our Winter '25 release.
MuleSoft
Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise.
Streamline operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. You can design, develop, govern, and share
APIs and integration apps and host them in the cloud or on-premises.
Mobile
Keep up with deals while on the go with the new Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience, which is now generally available. Improve
productivity when working with records offline, customer messaging, or reports with the latest features available on the Salesforce
mobile app. Create a mobile app built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud LWR sites, which
is now generally available. Validate the records available offline to a user with the new Total Unique Records field available in Briefcase
Builder.
Omnistudio
In the Winter ’25 release, Omnistudio Standard offers new designers and list views for all components. It also offers customization
of Omniscript elements.

2
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes?

Revenue Cloud
Revenue Cloud brings a suite of enhancements to boost efficiency and elevate user experience. Get notified when orders are created.
Product Catalog Management now supports CSV file imports, templates for qualification decision tables, and category and product
qualification elements in rule procedures. Use ramp deals for dynamic pricing and other enhancements to support informed
decision-making. Your customer community users can access quoting capabilities. The new Invoice Management feature automates
and scales invoice generation, ensuring accuracy, compliance, and improved financial reporting. Salesforce Contracts can now
compare documents, lock sections, and generate documents in real-time. Learn more about these and other enhancements in
Revenue Cloud.
Sales
Boost your teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account
Plans. Keep your pipeline healthy by using AI to help identify your next customer. Submit forecast numbers at a point in time. And
create quota plans that incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data.
Salesforce CMS
Publish enhanced CMS content to more channels, including Aura sites. As you add these channels to your enhanced CMS workspace,
remove old ones from the workspace, and delete unused channels from your org. Share and reuse content across your enhanced
CMS workspaces with workspace sharing and content cloning.
Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with MuleSoft Composer for
Salesforce.
Salesforce for Slack Integrations
Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from
anywhere.
Security, Identity, and Privacy
Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. Monitor vital data from custom objects by creating custom metrics.
Legacy My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs. And Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound
HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform.
Service
Explore the latest advancements in AI and customer service technology with Salesforce's new offerings. These include the generally
available Einstein Data Library for grounding generative AI responses, the beta version of Einstein Case Management for real-time
insights, and enhanced messaging capabilities across various platforms. Additionally, new tools like Employee Service streamline
HR processes, while features like post-chat surveys and Einstein Copilot enhance feedback collection and supervisor efficiency. These
innovations help optimize data integration and analysis, ensuring a unified view across all engagement channels.
Work.com
Prepare your business, employees, and facilities. Respond to major events, such as the current COVID-19 crisis, with the apps and
services in Work.com.
Other Salesforce Products and Services
Get the latest information on these new features.
Legal Documentation
We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents.

What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes?

3
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How to Use the Release Notes

Find Release Note Changes More Easily

Release Note Changes has a helpful redesign. Scan the landing page by date—most recent first—and then by product area. For example,
if Analytics and Sales have changes to any of their release notes the week of February 1, 2025, those product areas are listed alphabetically
under the “February 1, 2025” heading. Within the sections, find the details you need for each change. Previously, Release Note Changes
grouped changes by date only.

How to Use the Release Notes

Our release notes offer brief, high-level descriptions of enhancements and new features. We include setup information, tips to help you
get started, and best practices to ensure your continued success.
• Your browser’s settings determine the language that you see. To change the language, scroll to the bottom, click Change Language,
and select a language.
• The release notes include details about new and modified features. For information on known issues, visit Salesforce Known Issues.
• Use the table of contents search and filters to zero in on the news that matters the most.

We want to know what works for you and what doesn’t.

• Trailblazer Community—Post your feedback in the Release Readiness Trailblazers group. To help us track and respond to your
feedback, use a hashtag that indicates the release, such as #Winter25Feedback.
• Feedback forms—As you’re working with documentation in Salesforce Help, release notes, or developer guides, look for the
feedback buttons and vote up or down. Add comments if you have them.
• Twitter/X—When you follow @salesforcedocs on X, you receive notices whenever we publish new documentation or make
significant updates to existing documentation. Contact us at @salesforcedocs.

Note: Until the new release is available to you, links from release notes to Salesforce Help, implementation guides, developer
guides, and other documentation don’t work. And sometimes the links point to material from the previous release.
Some documentation have preview versions available several weeks before the release. To access a preview version on Salesforce
Developers, select Preview from the Documentation Version dropdown list.

Get Ready for the Release

Reading the release notes is a great step in preparing for the release. These other resources help get you and your users ready for what’s
coming your way. We add resources throughout the release when they become available, so check back often.

4
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Notes for Features Released Monthly

Winter ’25 Highlights for Admins

Check out this video for a preview of key features for admins in Winter ’25. This video goes live the week of August 26, 2024.

Watch a video

What’s New This Release

• Release Milestones. See key dates for the release.
• Release Overview Deck (ROD). Create internal training for your users, review setup screens, and learn how to use features.
• Release Matrix. Quickly see which features immediately affect your users.
• Winter ’25 Pre-release Signup. Sign up for a pre-release org to get early access to the new features.
• Release Demos. Get quick video overviews of what’s coming this release.
• Winter ’25 Release Website. Check out the new features.
• Winter ’25 Release Highlights Module. Get the release Trailhead badge.
• Release in a Box. Use this kit to prepare for the new release and to present it to your users.

Release Readiness Essentials

• Release Readiness Trailblazers. Access resources and experts for all things release readiness.
• Trust Status Maintenances. See sandbox and other release dates and times. To see your maintenance dates, click Instances and
your instance.
• Sandbox Refresh Calculator. Plan if and when to refresh your sandboxes.
• Sandbox Preview Video. Learn how to navigate the sandbox preview process.
• Sandbox Preview Instructions. Get early access to new features in your sandbox.
• Certification Release Maintenance Schedule. Keep your certification updated in Trailhead.
• Prepare for Salesforce Releases. Use Trailhead to create your release strategy.

Release Notes for Features Released Monthly

Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year for some products. Find out what’s new and
read more about these features, as often as monthly, right here in the seasonal release notes.
As you explore this content, keep these considerations in mind.
• Monthly release notes aren’t the same as release notes for delayed features. Sometimes, a feature released seasonally is subject to
a slight delay. When that happens, the timing is explained in the “When” section of that feature’s release note.
• New monthly release notes aren’t the same as changes to previously published release notes. Sometimes, we need to update
previously published release notes for the current seasonal or monthly release. When we make those updates, we list the specific
change in the “Release Notes Changes” topic.
• Sometimes, monthly releases coincide with seasonal releases. When that happens, we identify related release notes by the first full
month of the seasonal release. These features are available when Salesforce rolls out the Winter ’25 release to your instance.
For example, the Winter ’25 release begins rolling out to customer instances in mid-September of 2025. Release notes for features
released in September or October are linked to from a topic called "September ’24 Release." Release notes for features released in
October 2024 are linked to from a topic called "October ’24 Release."

5
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes November ’24 Release

November ’24 Release

Learn about features released in November ’24.
October ’24 Release
Learn about features released in October ’24.
September ’24 Release
Learn about features released in September ’24. Features included in the September ’24 monthly release become available when
Winter ’25 rolls out to your instance.

November ’24 Release

Learn about features released in November ’24.
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

October ’24 Release

Learn about features released in October ’24.
• Data Cloud Features Released by Month
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

September ’24 Release

Learn about features released in September ’24. Features included in the September ’24 monthly release become available when Winter
’25 rolls out to your instance.
• Data Cloud Features Released by Month
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

Release Note Changes

Read about changes to the release notes, with the most recent changes first.

Week of November 4, 2024

Week of October 28, 2024
Week of October 21, 2024
Week of October 14, 2024
Week of October 7, 2024
Week of September 23, 2024
Week of September 9, 2024
Week of September 3, 2024

6
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of November 4, 2024

Week of August 26, 2024

Week of August 19, 2024

Week of November 4, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Updates
Marketing Cloud Updates
Mobile Updates
Omnistudio Updates
Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot) on page 121
Updated the release note to reflect this pilot program's current availability. We also removed a statement about when Salesforce
Archive is expected to become generally available.
Added November 4, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added information about the new Database value on the existing Type field on the TenantSecret object.
Added November 4, 2024.
Metadata API on page 304
Added a release note about the new enableHideChildEventsPreference and enableMLSingleClientProfile
fields on the ActivitiesSettings metadata type.
Added November 4, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added new fields on the DuplicateRule.
Added November 4, 2024.
Tooling API New and Changed Objects
Added information about the OptionIsUsingKMS field on the existing Certificate object.
Added November 4, 2024.

7
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of November 4, 2024

Field Service Updates

Upsell Your Business from the Field (Generally Available) on page 377
Announced the general availability of the feature.
Added November 4, 2024.

Industries Updates
Removed: Electronically Submit Disclosure Report to CDP
This managed package isn't ready yet.
Removed November 4.

Marketing Updates
Rotate Client Secrets in Installed Packages
Added a release note about a feature that lets you rotate OAuth 2.0 secrets for installed packages.
Added November 4, 2024

Marketing Cloud Updates

Removed: Calculate Campaign ROI with Opportunity Influence
This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s available.
Added November 4, 2024.

Mobile Updates
Mobile Home Tab Setting Is Now on by Default
Added release note.
Added November 4, 2024.

Omnistudio Updates
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers
Removed information about contacting the account executive to enable designers from the Omnistudio Release Notes titled
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers.
Added November 04, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Updates

Create More Data Cloud Segments per Business Unit
Updated the release note to indicate that the change applies to all Marketing Cloud Account Engagement editions.
Added November 4, 2024.

8
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 28, 2024

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Retain Data with Privacy Center on page 773
Updated the release note to reflect this feature's current availability.
Added November 4, 2024.

Week of October 28, 2024

Commerce Updates
Development Updates
Experience Cloud Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Updates
Marketing Cloud Updates
Mobile Updates
Omnistudio Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Service Updates

Commerce Updates
Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning Customers
Added a release note about checkout in summary mode for returning users.
Added October 28, 2024.

Development Updates
Remove Channels and Channel Members From Your Second-Generation Managed Packages
Added a release note about channel component removal in second-generation managed packages.
Added October 28, 2024.
Supported Objects
Removed Task and Event supported objects. These objects will be added when they’re ready for use, later in Winter ’25.
Added October 28, 2024.
Upgrade Data Storage in Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
Learn about options to upgrade data storage for developer sandboxes.
Added October 31, 2024
Tooling API New and Changed Objects
Added a release note entry for the new Features field of the SandboxInfo and SandboxProcess Tooling API objects.
Added October 31, 2024.

9
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 28, 2024

Experience Cloud Updates

Capture More Events with Data Cloud Integration Upgrades
Updated the latest version number from 1.3 to 1.4.
Added October 23, 2024.

Industries Updates
Generate Patient Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Patient Program Outcome Management feature of Life Sciences
Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.
Generate Program Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Patient Program Outcome Management feature of Life Sciences
Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.
Generate Call Scripts for Payors with Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Pharmacy Benefits Verification feature of Life Sciences Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.
Generate Summary of Benefits with Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Pharmacy Benefits Verification feature of Life Sciences Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.

Marketing Updates
Process Builder Is Retired for Marketing Cloud Connect
Added a Knowledge Article link with more enablement information.
Added October 28, 2024.
Improve Consent Compliance for Unified WhatsApp Messages
Added a release note about new consent management options for Unified WhatsApp.
Added October 28, 2024.
Change to S3 Path Requirements in File Transfer and Import Activities
Corrected a release note about using S3 targets in File Transfer and Import activities.
Added October 28, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Updates

Level Up Your Reporting with Marketing Performance on page 579
Added a release note about Marketing Performance.
Added October 28, 2024.

10
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 28, 2024

Mobile Updates
Conceal Sensitive Information When Your Experience Cloud App Is in the Background
Clarified that Snapshot Prevention is enabled by default for Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps.
Added October 28, 2024.

Omnistudio Updates
Effortlessly Access Information with Distinct Omnistudio Guides
Added a release note about the revised Omnistudio documentation that is now segregated into distinct guides in Salesforce Help
with updated titles: Omnistudio, Omnistudio for Managed Packages, and Omnistudio Installation and Upgrade.
Added October 28, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Invocable Actions
Added a release note to announce the new parameters added to the existing runSalesforceHeadlessPricing and runSalesforcePricing
invocable actions.
Added October 28, 2024.
New Connect in Apex Classes
Added a release note to announce the new Apex classes and methods available with Invoice Management.
Added October 28, 2024.

Sales Updates
The Campaign Member Status Chart is Being Retired
Specified an option for customers to recreate the chart for themselves in their org.
Added October 19, 2024.
Exclude Organizer-Only Events When Syncing Internal Events
Announced that the Sync Internal Events setting now applies to syncing of internal events with only a meeting organizer as the
attendee.
Added October 24, 2024.
Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)
Clarified user permissions for the app.
Added October 28, 2024.

Service Updates
Monitor Agentforce Service Agent Conversation Consumption with Digital Wallet on page 788
Added information about Service Cloud Billable Usage Types.
Added October 18, 2024.
Social Customer Service Starter Pack Is Being Retired on page 838
Added guidance about handling X.com (Twitter) content before the retirement date.
Added October 24, 2024.

11
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 21, 2024

Automate Common Contact Center Interactions with Agentforce Service Agents on page 787
Agentforce Service Agent is generally available.
Added October 21, 2024.
Ensure Sequential Conversations in Messaging for Web on page 787
Add a snippet setting to Messaging for Web code to ensure that the AI agent responds to a question before another one is asked.
Added October 21, 2024.
Add Messaging Components to a Package on page 826
Added a release note announcing that messaging components can now be packaged.
Added October 24, 2024.

Week of October 21, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Development Updates
Industries Updates
Mobile Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services
Added a release note that clarifies the domain to allow for Maps and location services.
Added October 21, 2024.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
Removed the statement about the Save & New button no longer appearing when you create a record via a lookup field. This change
was rolled out in Spring '24 and it's not part of the Enable LWC Stacked Modals release update.
Added a note about using force:createRecord from a quick action.
Added October 21, 2024.
Streamline the Recommendation Process with Recommender Experience
Updated the statement on Salesforce Survey response limits.
Added a link to a knowledge article on Salesforce Survey considerations.
Added October 21, 2024.

12
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 21, 2024

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added information about the new UI_NUMBER_COLUMNS field on the Report Event Type object.
Added October 21, 2024.
Metadata API
Added a release note to announce the new enableOrderWithMultiplePriceBooks field on the OrderSettings metadata type.
Added October 21, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Add New Fields in Orchestration Run List Views on page 751
Added release note about new Orchestration Run fields, clarifying the format for the new triggering record field.
Added October 23, 2024.

Development Updates
New and Changed Lightning Web Components on page 277
Changed the default value of the wrap-table-header attribute of lightning-datatable from by-column to
none.
Added October 21, 2024.
New and Changed Aura Components on page 280
Added a note about a behavior changes to lightning:datatable for error messages displayed during inline editing.
Added a note about the wrapTableHeader attribute of lightning:datatable.
Added October 21, 2024.

Industries Updates
Enhance Fundraising Campaign Efficiency with Fundraising Intelligence
Added new feature note for Fundraising Intelligence dashboards for Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising.
Added October 21 2024.
Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud
Changed the release date for the Einstein Generative AI features for Nonprofit Cloud to November 04, 2024.
Added October 21, 2024.
Secure Your Data with Enhanced User Permissions
Updated the title and the content.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Invocable Actions in Life Sciences Cloud
Added getContextData and serializeHierarchicalContextData to the list of new and changed objects for Life Sciences Cloud.
Added October 15, 2024.

13
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 21, 2024

Mobile Updates
Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Beta)
Corrected the minimum supported Salesforce Mobile App Plus version number to 252.000.
Added October 21, 2024.

Revenue Updates
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Credit Memo Create and Apply (POST) resource available with Invoice Management.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Connect in Apex Class
Added a release note to announce the new creditInvoice(CreditInvoiceInput, invoiceId) Apex class method
available with Invoice Management.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources in Transaction Management
Added a release note to announce the new Asset Amendment (POST), Asset Cancellation (POST), and Asset Renewal (POST) resources
available with Transaction Management.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Tax Calculation (POST) resource available with Invoice Management.
Added October 21, 2024.

Sales Updates
Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration
Added information about upcoming changes from Microsoft that affect the Salesforce Outlook integration.
October 10, 2024.
Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce SDR
Added a release note about a new agent for Sales Cloud that automates lead outreach.
Added October 21, 2024.
Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach on page 659
Added a release note about a new agent for Sales Cloud that provides users with AI-generated sales coaching.
Added October 21, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Updated the release note with the new enforcement date for this release update.
Added October 21, 2024.
Update the Salesforce Authenticator App to Version 4.3 on page 772
Added a release note to announce the minimum version requirement for Salesforce Authenticator is version 4.3.
Added October 21, 2024.

14
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 14, 2024

Get Ready for a New Login Experience on page 766

Added a release note about a banner that appears on login.salesforce.com in Winter '25.
Added October 21, 2024.

Service Updates
Use Einstein Work Summaries for Voice in More Languages (Generally Available) on page 798
Added new RN for additional languages in Work Summaries for Voices.
Added October 16, 2024.
Prevent and Debug Ringer Issues by Testing the Omni-Channel Notification Sound on page 852
Added information about the option to test the notification sound for Omni-Channel.
Added October 21, 2024.
Scale Communication with Expanded Session Limits on page 826
Added a release note about the increased session limits for Messaging.
Added October 21, 2024.
Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release Update) on page 845
Updated the enforcement date from Winter ’25 to June 1, 2025.
Added October 21, 2024.

Week of October 14, 2024

API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
Mobile Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

API Updates
Metadata API
Added a release note about the new customcategory value in fields on the ForecastingSettings metadata type.
Added October 14, 2024.
Metadata API
Added a release note about the new isRelatedFilesRule field on the existing BriefcaseRule metadata type.
Added October 14, 2024.

15
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 14, 2024

New and Changed Objects on page 289

Added a release note about the new OptionsIsRelatedFilesRule field on the existing BriefcaseRule object.
Added October 14, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)
Added a release note about this release update for template-triggered prompt flows.
Added October 14, 2024.

Field Service Updates

Add Lightning Web Components with Attributes in the Field Service Mobile App Builder on page 381
Added screenshot and clarified to which mobile builder LWC attributes were added.
Added October 14, 2024.

Industries Updates
Transaction Dispute Management on page 434
Added release notes to announce the enhancements for Transaction Dispute Management.
Added October 14, 2024.
Improve Efficiency with the Automated Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process
Added this feature information back to release notes.
Added October 14, 2024.

Mobile Updates
Preview Your Experience Cloud LWR Site as an App with Publisher Playground (Beta)
Added release note about the new field in the Mobile Publisher Playground app that asks whether the site runs on Lightning Web
Runtime (LWR).
Added October 14, 2024.
Protect Your Experience Cloud App from Reverse Engineering
Added release note about code obfuscation (Android) and string obfuscation (iOS) for Experience Cloud apps with Enhanced Mobile
App Security.
Added October 14, 2024.
Secure Your Experience Cloud iOS App with Two New Enhanced Mobile App Security Policies
Added release note about two new Enhanced Mobile App Security policies supported for iOS apps.
Added October 14, 2024.
Experience Cloud App Version Numbering Has Changed
Added release note about the change to Experience Cloud app version numbering.
Added October 14, 2024.
Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Beta)
Added release note about priming file attachments for the Offline App.

16
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 7, 2024

Added October 14, 2024.

Revenue Updates
New Connect REST API Resource
Added a release note to announce the new Rating Waterfall (GET) resource available with Rate Management.
Added October 14, 2024.

Sales Updates
Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)
Added link to Salesforce Help documentation.
Added October 14, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Identify and Update Instanced Legacy Hostnames
Added a release note about redirections for legacy hostnames that contain instance names. This change includes enabling redirections
for legacy My Domain hostnames in production and demo orgs.
Added October 14, 2024.
Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
Updated the release note for new placement and behavior of the My Domain redirection settings and a change to the default state
of the new setting. With this change, the Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain hostnames setting is available in production
and demo orgs that didn’t have a My Domain before a My Domain with enhanced domains was deployed.
Added October 14, 2024.
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Updated the release note to reflect that redirections for legacy My Domain hostnames in production and demo orgs are enabled
by default with Winter ’25, patch 9.
Added October 14, 2024.

Service Updates
Apply Additional Service Assets in Data Cloud
Release note added for Service data kit version 5.0.
Added October 14, 2024.

Week of October 7, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

Analytics Updates
API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Data Cloud Updates

17
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 7, 2024

Development Updates
Industries Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update) on page 111
Clarified the change in behavior on modals that are launched by a quick action.
Added October 7, 2024.
Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot) on page 121
Updated the timeframe when Salesforce Archive begins rolling out to production orgs from November 2024 to December 2024.
Added October 7, 2024.

Analytics Updates
Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)
Added a release note to announce the availability of Data Cloud reports for semantic data models (Beta).
Added October 7, 2024.

API Updates
Metadata API
Added a release note to announce the new RunMultiThreaded field on the Territory2SettingsOpportunityFilter subtype of the
Territory2Settings metadata type.
Added October 7, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added associated objects to the ActionCadence and ActionCadenceTracker objects.
Added October 7, 2024.
New and Changed Objects on page 289
Added new fields related to action cadence to the Contact and Lead objects.
Added October 7, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes on page 739
Added an update about screen action outputs now being set to null correctly.
Added October 7, 2024.
Flow and Process Run-Time Changes on page 739
Added an update about conditionally hidden screen component outputs now being set to null correctly.
Added October 7, 2024.

18
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 7, 2024

Data Cloud Updates

Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments
Added release note to announce the new filter capability for Copy Field enrichment.
Added Oct 7, 2024.

Development Updates
Configure Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta) in Tooling API with Postman on page 276
Added a release notes about the update of a Postman collection for Pub/Sub API managed subscriptions.
Added October 7, 2024.

Industries Updates
Print Paper Invoices and Reports on a Bluetooth Thermal Printer on page 410
Added a release note to announce a new feature in CG Cloud offline mobile app to print physical invoices on Bluetooth Thermal
Printer.
Added October 7, 2024.
Book Assets for Patient Appointments
Added clarification about the Appointment Resources options Assets and Providers and Assets.
Added October 7, 2024.
Schedule Multiple Patient Appointments in the Same Time Slot
Added Salesforce Scheduler information to the Where section.
Added October 7, 2024.
Search for Providers Based on Postal Code
Added Customer Community license information to the Where section, and Health Cloud for Experience Cloud Sites permission set
license information to the Who section.
Added October 7, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Invocable Action in Transaction Management
Added a release note to announce the new input parameters on the existing initiateRenewal action.
Added October 7, 2024.

Sales Updates
See the Topics That Matter Most to Your Customers with Sales Signals
Added information to publicize Sales Signals as generally available in Winter ’25.
Added October 7, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled on page 764
Clarified the login history criteria for forced login.

19
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Added October 7, 2024.

Service Updates
Removed: Get Informed with Proactive Monitoring
This feature isn't ready yet. We're removing it for now while we make improvements.
Removed October 7, 2024.

Week of September 23, 2024

Analytics Updates
API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Commerce Updates
Customization Updates
Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates
Development Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Cloud Growth Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Analytics Updates
Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed on page 154
Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors removed.
Added September 25, 2024.

API Updates
Metadata API
Added a release note to announce the new UiFormatSpecificationSet metadata type and a new field value on the FieldInstanceProperty
subtype of the FlexiPage metadata type.
Added September 25, 2024.
Metadata API
Added information about two new fields added to the UserManagementSettings metadata type.
Added September 23, 2024.

20
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Metadata API
Use the new Bitbucket value for the existing providerType field on the existing AuthProvider metadata type, which
enables you to connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform application.
Added September 23, 2024
New and Changed Objects
Use the new Bitbucket value for the existing providerType field on the existing AuthProvider object, which enables you
to connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform application.
Added September 23, 2024
New and Changed Standard Platform Events
Use the new SearchIndexJobStatusEvent to be notified about changes to the status of the Data Cloud search index job.
Added September 23, 2024
Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL
Updated the release note to reflect that this change takes effect on June 14, 2025. Previously, it took effect on October 12, 2024.
Added September 23, 2024

Salesforce Flow Updates

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes
Added release note about evaluating null text values.
Added September 23, 2024.
Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches a Flow (Release Update)
This update is no longer canceled or enforced but recommended.
Added September 23, 2024.
Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update) on page 743
Clarified the postponement of this update and linked to a knowledge article for frequently asked questions.
Added September 23, 2024.

Commerce Updates
Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)
Added a release note for the beta autopublishing feature for the checkout page on D2C stores using managed checkout.
Added September 23, 2024.
Automate Order Confirmation Emails
Added information about licensing requirements to use the Messaging Workspace.
Added September 23, 2024.

Customization Updates
Make Record Fields Stand Out with Conditional Formatting
Updated the rollout schedule to October instead of September.
Added September 23, 2024.
Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease
Announced the availability of a simpler AppExchange trial experience.

21
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Added September 23, 2024.

Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter HTTP Library Is Updated
Clarified which orgs receive HTTP library updates and added information about how to retest integrations.
Added September 23, 2024.
Get Better Performance for List Views on Custom and Standard Objects
Added details about the expected behavior of a list view rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC) if the list view contains
no records.
Added September 23, 2024.

Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed on page 121
Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors removed.
Added September 25, 2024.

Development Updates
New and Changed Lightning Web Components
Added new behaviors for lightning-helptext, lightning-progress-step, and lightning-record-picker
components.
Added that the slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer applied to the close icon on the lightning-modal
component.
Changes to Selective Sandbox Access for Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
Clarified timing for public group requirement in Sandbox Setup page and Tooling API.
Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates
Added a note about the removal of the slds-button_icon-inverse class from the modals blueprint.
Added a link to a known issue about the modal close button.
Improve Accessibility with Base Lightning Components
Added that the slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer applied to the close icon on the lightning-modal
component.
Added a link to a known issue about the modal close button.
Sfdc_Enablement Namespace on page 283
Added the release note for new and updated classes in Sfdc_enablement namespace.
Store the objects used in Industries Einstein Natural Language Processing (NLP) services
Added that the new namespace industriesNlpSvc stores objects used in NLP services.

Field Service Updates

See the Status of Appointments on the Map at a Glance on page 378
Clarified that this feature is automatically available in the Field Service mobile app.
Added September 23, 2024.
Reduce Distractions and Stay Focused with Standby Mode on page 377
Added an image of the location in Settings to enable Standby Mode.

22
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Added September 23, 2024.

Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App on page 374
Added release notes to annouce the availability of Discovery Framework based data capture with flows and the Field Service moble
app.
Added September 23, 2024.

Industries Updates
Fine-tune Permissions for vlocity_cmt__CustomObjectMap__c
Added a release note to announce that, to improve security, permissions for Standard User profiles should be updated.
Added September 9, 2024.
Easily Access XBRL Tagging Providers on Net Zero Marketplace
Added a release note to announce easy access to XBRL tagging providers on Net Zero Marketplace.
Added September 23, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Growth Updates

Get More with Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition on page 573
Added release notes that describe features rolling out for Advanced Edition.
Added September 23, 2024.
Other Changes in Marketing Cloud on page 581
Added a section about international sending support for SMS messaging.
Added September 23, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
Added a release note to announce the updates to the response bodies of Product Configurator Business APIs.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Invoice Management.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Connect in Apex Class
Added a release note to announce the new Apex class available with Invoice Management.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Objects for Invoice Management
Added information about the BillingBatchFilterCriteria object to the list of new objects for Invoice Management.
Added September 23, 2024.
Removed: Salesforce Pricing Now Integrated with Commerce Cloud
This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it while we make improvements.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Invoice Draft to Posted Status (POST) resource available with Invoice Management.

23
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 9, 2024

Added September 23, 2024.

Sales Updates
Increase Your Odds of Success with Warm Introductions
Added a release note to announce the new Find Past Collaborators copilot action.
Added September 23, 2024
Manage Your Day Better with Einstein
Added a release note to announce the new Review My Day copilot action.
Added September 23, 2024

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Violation Type Label Was Changed for Blocked Redirections
Added a release note that announces a label change.
Added September 23, 2024.
Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled
Updated the release note to clarify the login entry criteria for forced login.
Added September 23, 2024.
Identify the Salesforce Authenticator App More Easily
Added a release note that announces the new Salesforce Authenticator icon.
Added September 23, 2024.
Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud
Updated subscription information for using customer-managed root keys for Data Cloud.
Added September 23, 2024.

Service Updates
Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool
Clarified that after running the Lightning Knowledge Migration tool, Classic Knowledge is available with limitations.
Added September 23, 2024.
New and Changed Objects on page 848
Added a release note to announce the new AccountId field on the EmpUserProvisionProcessErr object.
Added September 23, 2024.

Week of September 9, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Customization Updates
Development Updates
Field Service Updates

24
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 9, 2024

Industries Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Inbound Email Limit Increased
Correction: The inbound email limit isn’t increased. Salesforce limits the number of inbound email messages that can queue after
you reach your daily limit if you use the Requeue Message failure response option.
Added September 9, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added a release note to announce the new ArchivedTerritoryName and Territory2Id fields on the OpportunitySplit
and OpportunityLineItemSplit objects.
Added September 9, 2024.

Customization Updates
Some Supported Time Zones No Longer Available
Added a release note to announce changes to the currently supported timezones.
Added September 9, 2024.
Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Beta)
Added a release note about the sort by multiple columns (beta) feature.
Added September 9, 2024.
Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes
Added a release note about resolving issues related to the Roles and Internal Subordinates group.
Added September 9, 2024.

Development Updates
Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through 36.0 Are Now Retired
Added a release note to announce the retirement of some Streaming API versions.
Process Platform Events at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers (Generally Available) on page 272
Updated the release note to mention the format of the partition key and to fix the partition key format in the example.
Use Generative AI For Salesforce Development with Agentforce for Developers (Generally Available)
Added a release note to announce the general availability of Einstein for Developers.
Added September 3, 2024.

25
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 9, 2024

Field Service Updates

Switch to Lightning Data Service for the Best Mobile Experience on page 383
Updated wording and added a See also link to Help content
Added September 9, 2024.
Get a Daily Summary of Service Appointments that Require Immediate Attention on page 354
Updated the How section to mention the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic.
Added September 9, 2024.
Find Service Appointments Easily by Creating Search Filters in the Appointment List on page 354
Updated the How section to mention the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic.
Added September 9, 2024.
Schedule and Reschedule Appointments with Scheduling Dependencies in Appointment Assistant on page 371
Updated that complex work for Appointment Assistant Self-Service Scheduling also supports scheduling new appointments. Also
updated the See Also links.
Added September 9, 2024.

Industries Updates
Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud on page 526
Added release notes to announce new Einstein generative AI features in Nonprofit Cloud that efficiently summarize important
information and generate compelling proposals.
Added September 9, 2024.
Removed: Improve Efficiency with the Automated Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process
This feature isn’t quite ready for showtime, so we’re removing it for now while we make improvements. We’ll let you know once it’s
back up.
Added September 9, 2024.
Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the Appointment Scheduling Home Page
Added information about when this feature will be available.
Added September 9, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies
Added a release note to announce the updates to the record attributes to support the grouping of quote line items or order items.
Added September 9, 2024.
New Invocable Actions
Added a release note to announce the new invocable actions available with Invoice Management.
Added September 9, 2024.
New Metadata Types
Added a release note to announce the new actionType field values, which are on the Flow metadata type, available with Invoice
Management.
Added September 9, 2024.

26
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Changed Connect REST API Request Body

Added a release note to announce a new input property of the Global Search API for Product Discovery.
Added September 9, 2024.
Streamline Financial Reporting with Accounting Periods
Added a release note about accounting periods for legal entities.
Added September 9, 2024.

Sales Updates
Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users (Release Update)
Updated the timing of the release update from Winter ’25 to Spring ’25.
Added September 9, 2024.
Enable New Order Save Behavior (Release Update)
Moved from the section of release updates called “Automatically Enabled in This Release” to “Recommended But Not Enforced.”
Though enabling the feature is recommended, it won’t be automatically enabled or enforced in existing orgs created before Winter
‘25.
Added September 9, 2024.
Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans
Updated the Where section to indicate that the feature is available in the listed editions with Sales Cloud.
Added September 9, 2024.
Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
Updated the Why section with more information about the change to LinkedIn’s APIs, and the How section with a recommendation.
Added September 9, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Authenticator Users Are Automatically Guided to a Workaround if Push Notifications Time Out on page 770
Added a release note about a change to the user experience when using Salesforce Authenticator for identity verification.
Added September 9, 2024.

Service Updates
Help Customers in a LINE Messaging Channel on page 811
Updated the description of the LINE setup process.
Added September 9, 2024.
Track Your KPIs with More Messaging Session Metrics on page 821
Indicated that these changes will take effect in October 2024.
Added September 9, 2024.

Week of September 3, 2024

API Updates

27
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Customization Updates
Development Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
OmniStudio Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Einstein Search Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

API Updates
Metadata API
Added release note entries for the new enableCrossDomainPreviewCookies and enableLegacyRedirections
fields in the MyDomainSettings type.
Added September 3, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added a release note entry for the new Permission Update event type.
Added September 3, 2024.

Customization Updates
Track Permission Changes with Event Monitoring
Added a release note about the Permission Update event type.
Added September 3, 2024.

Development Updates
Understand SOQL Error and Functionality Changes to Update Your Code
Specified that this change applies only to dynamic SOQL queries.
Added August 27, 2024.
DevOps Center
Use Bitbucket Cloud as your source control system (beta).
Added August 29, 2024.

Field Service Updates

Accept On-Site Payments with Tap-to-Pay on page 376
Updated that the feature is available later in Winter ‘25.
Added September 3, 2024.
Start Your Journey with Einstein for Field Service on page 383
Added a release note to highlight the addition of the Einstein for Field Service section.

28
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Added September 3, 2024.

Industries Updates
Streamline Delivery with Van Sales Delivery Execution on page 407
Added See Also link.
Added September 3, 2024.
Ensure Accurate Inventory Reconciliation on page 409
Added See Also link.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce with new resources available with Context Service.
Added September 3, 2024.
Digital Lending—India
Added release notes to announce the enhancements to Digital Lending—India.
Added September 3, 2024.
Revise Information Library Snippets via Einstein Generative AI
Added release notes to announce the Einstein embedded AI capabilities for revising Information Library snippets in Net Zero Cloud.
Added September 3, 2024.
Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations with Einstein Generative AI (Beta)
Added release notes to announce the Einstein embedded AI capabilities for enhancing Scope 3 emissions calculations in Net Zero
Cloud.
Added September 3, 2024.
Generate First Draft of ESG Disclosure Automatically (Beta)
Added See Also links.
Added September 3, 2024.
Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the Appointment Scheduling Home Page
Added a release note about the Intelligent Appointment Management Home page.
Added September 3, 2024.
Simplify Transformation of Large Data by Using CSV Files (Pilot)
Updated release note to indicate that the CSV upload feature is in pilot and will go GA early October 2024.
Added September 3, 2024.
Get Notified When You Exceed Data Pipelines Usage Limits
Updated release note to indicate that the Data Pipelines limits notification alerts feature is generally available.
Added September 3, 2024.
Industry Integration Solutions Has a New Name
Added a release note to announce the name change and the setup navigation change for Industry Integration Solutions.
Added September 3, 2024.
Preview Your Processing Service
Added a release note to announce the availability of Processing Service preview.
Added September 3, 2024.

29
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

OmniStudio Updates
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers on page 593
Updated information about how to enable new Omnistudio designers in Winter '25.
Added September 03, 2024.
Other Improvements in Omnistudio on page 597
Added a release note about improvements to Omnistudio after Summer '24.
Added September 03, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Connect REST APIs
Added release notes to announce the new resources and updated request and response bodies available with Product Catalog
Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resource
Added a release note to announce a new resource available with Product Discovery.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce a new resource available with Rate Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
Renew Assets Early in Revenue Cloud
Added a release note for a new feature in Transaction Management for Revenue Cloud.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Transaction Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Invoices By Using Billing Schedules (POST) and Billing Schedule Recovery List (POST)
resources available with Invoice Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Invocable Action in Rate Management
Added a release note to announce the invokeRatingService invocable action available with Rate Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Metadata Type in Rate Management
Added a release note to announce the invokeRatingService actionType field value, which is on the Flow metadata
type, available with Rate Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Salesforce Pricing.
Added September 3, 2024.

30
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Configure Lookup Fields Efficiently in a Transaction

Added a release note to announce the new enhancement of editability of lookup fields in a quote or order from the Transaction
Line Editor component.
Added September 3, 2024.
Summarize Quotes with Einstein on page 633
Added a release note for a new feature in Transaction Management for Revenue Cloud.
Generate Quote Emails with Einstein on page 633
Added a release note for a new feature in Transaction Management for Revenue Cloud.

Sales Updates
Revamp Your Follow-Up Game in Less Time
Added a release note to announce the new Add Record to Cadence copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Organize and Quickly Find Records by Using Custom Labels with Einstein
Added a release note to announce the addition of Create a Label and Label a Record copilot actions.
Added September 3, 2024
Establish Action Items with Einstein
Added a release note to announce two new Create a To-Do copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Discover Key Contacts, Their Roles in Influencing Deals, and the Deals They've Impacted
Added a release note to announce three new Contact Relationship copilot actions.
Added September 3, 2024
Get Instant Access to Pricing Information
Added a release note to announce the new Get Product Pricing copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Log Calls with Customers with Einstein Copilot
Added a release note to announce the new Log a Call copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans
Updated the title to indicate that Account Plans is a delivered idea.
Added September 3, 2024.
Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
Added a release note for the ability to use your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel.
Added September 3, 2024.
Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail Integration
Added a release note for the ability to use your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel.
Added September 3, 2024.
Focus on the Deals That Matter Most
Announced the addition of the Prioritize Opportunities copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024.

31
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 26, 2024

Einstein Search Updates

Search Query Limit Is Applied to Improve Performance
Corrected search query limits and removed the when section to avoid confusion with release schedule.
Added August 29, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud
Added a release note announcing customer-managed root keys for encrypting Data Cloud with Shield Platform Encryption.
Added September 3, 2024.
Get Information About Permission Changes
Added a release note about the Permission Update event type.
Added September 3, 2024.
Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event Log Objects (Beta)
Added a release note about the availability of the event log object framework (beta) for US Hyperforce customers.
Added September 3, 2024.
Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
Added a release note for a new setting to control redirections of legacy (non-enhanced) hostnames.
Added September 3, 2024.

Week of August 26, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

Analytics Updates
API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Commerce Updates
Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates
Experience Cloud Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Cloud Growth Updates
Revenue Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Manage Service Resource Capacity at the Shift Level
Added a When section stating that capacity is supported for overlapping shifts and will be available starting in September 2024.
Added August 13, 2024.

32
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 26, 2024

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use on page 109

Added a When section that details the instances in which the settings are enabled by default.
Added August 26, 2024.
Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot) on page 121
Updated the announcement based on a new release roadmap for this product.
Added August 26, 2024.

Analytics Updates
Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta) on page 151
You can now select a date configuration to format dates output to the dataset.
Added August 22, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects on page 289
Added the CurrentStage, Duration, and TriggeringRecordId fields for the FlowOrchestrationInstance object.
Added August 21, 2024.
New and Changed Objects on page 289
Added information about the new fields ApiName and ContentTypeFullyQualifiedName on the existing
ManagedContent object. Added information about the new field ContentTypeFullyQualifiedName on the existing
ManagedContentVariant object.
Added Agust 26, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Deselect Data Table Rows When in Single-Row Selection Mode on page 727
Added a release note about being able to deselect rows in a Data Table screen component when in single-select mode.
Added August 26, 2024.

Commerce Updates
Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest Checkout on page 177
Added release note about the new option for account creation in B2B store guest checkout.
Added August 26, 2024.

Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta) on page 119
You can now select a date configuration to format dates output to the dataset.
Added August 22, 2024.

33
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 26, 2024

Experience Cloud Updates

Fine-Tune the Look and Feel of Your LWR Site with More Design and Layout Controls on page 337
Added cross-references to two knowledge articles related to the removal of the Button Active color property from the Theme |
Buttons panel in LWR sites.
Added August 26, 2024.

Industries Updates
Einstein for Health Cloud
Added release notes to announce the Einstein embedded AI capabilities in Health Cloud.
Added August 26, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Growth Updates

Save Time with Grounded Einstein AI Tools on page 577
Added that Einstein Copilot can draft and revise SMS messages as well as emails.
Added August 26, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
Added a release note to announce the new properties available with the CPQ Base List and CPQ Base Details response bodies for
Product Discovery.
Added August 26, 2024.
New Metadata Type
Added a release note to announce the new IndustriesRatingSettings metadata type available with Rate Management.
Added August 26, 2024.
Partially Load Fulfillment Plans on page 639
Corrected the title to say Fulfillment Plans instead of Decomposition Plans.
Corrected August 26, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Invoice Management.
Added August 26, 2024.
New Metadata Type
Added a release note to announce the new BillingSettings metadata type available with Invoice Management.
Added August 26, 2024.
New Objects for Invoice Management
Added information about the PaymentTerm object and the PaymentTermItem object to the list of new objects for Invoice Management.
Added August 26, 2024.

34
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 19, 2024

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Manage the Start URL for External Client Apps
External client app admins set custom and OAuth start URLs from the Policies tab. Previously, the start URL for OAuth flows was
configured from the Settings tab when OAuth was enabled for the external client app.
Added August 22, 2024.
Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Added a release note that announces a release update for a maintenance change that can impact SAML integrations.
Added August 26, 2024.
Adopt Updated Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives (Release Update) on page 785
This release update is canceled. However, Salesforce continues to encourage you to enable the Adopt updated CSP directives setting.
Added August 26, 2024.
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Updated the release note to reflect that the legacy redirections stop in demo orgs in Spring ’25, not Winter ’25.
Added August 26, 2024.

Week of August 19, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Industries Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use
Updated the note to reflect that the My Domain setting, Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies, isn’t enabled by default in
Winter ’25.
Added August 19, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added a behavior change for the Body field on the PromptVersion object.
Added August 12, 2024.
Metadata API
Added a behavior change for the body field on the Prompt metadata type.
Added August 12, 2024.

35
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Supported Browsers

Industries Updates
New and Changed Objects in Education Cloud
Added IndividualApplicationTaskItem to the list of new and changed objects for Education Cloud.
Added August 9, 2024

Sales Updates
Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans
Updated the feature release date from October 29, 2024 to mid- to late November 2024.
Added August 19, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added new external record share objects and updated existing objects for Partner Connect.
Added August 19, 2024.
New and Changed Standard Platform Events
Added new external record share platform events for Partner Connect.
Added August 19, 2024.
Quickly Identify Which Builder Created Each Cadence
Added a release note about the new Version field on Sales Engagement cadence records and list views.
Added August 19, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Restore Files from a Backup
Added a release note announcing support for restoring files with the Salesforce Backup managed package.
Added August 19, 2024.

Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.

Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Lightning Experience is available in multiple editions. Specific browsers and devices are supported, and there are limitations and
considerations for third-party browser extensions and JavaScript libraries. We recommend using the Salesforce mobile app on mobile
devices.
Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce Classic
Salesforce Classic doesn't support mobile browsers, so we recommend using the Salesforce mobile app for working on mobile
devices.
Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics
Supported browsers for CRM Analytics include those supported for Lightning Experience.

36
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Lightning Experience is available in multiple editions. Specific browsers and devices are supported, and there are limitations and
considerations for third-party browser extensions and JavaScript libraries. We recommend using the Salesforce mobile app on mobile
devices.
For the latest information on supported browsers and devices for Lightning Experience, see Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning
Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce Classic

Salesforce Classic doesn't support mobile browsers, so we recommend using the Salesforce mobile app for working on mobile devices.
For the latest information on supported browsers and devices for Salesforce Classic, see Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce
Classic.

Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics

Supported browsers for CRM Analytics include those supported for Lightning Experience.

How and When Do Features Become Available?

Some features in Winter ’25 affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your users
beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from the new
functionality.

Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
General Enhancements

Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View

with New Foundational Features

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie

Use

Add the New Setup Domain

Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply

Organization-Wide Email Address to
Send Email (Release Update)

Verify Your Return Email Address for

Sender Verification (Release Update)

37
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release
Update)

Get Flexible Access to Custom Apps with

the Salesforce Platform Login License

Inbound Email Limit Increased

Review Your Integrations for a Change

to Email Handling

Allow the Required Domain for Maps

and Location Services

Sender ID Deprecated for Email Security

Compliance

Salesforce Scheduler

Manage Service Resource Capacity at

the Shift Level

Verify Your Queue Position with

QR-Code-Based Check-In

Easily Notify Waitlist Participants

Through Email

Einstein Search

Search Query Limit Is Applied to

Improve Performance

Salesforce Data Pipelines

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM

Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally
Available)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes

(Beta)

Add Billing Information for Google

BigQuery Connections

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data

Manager

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe

Performance with Advanced Append
Output (Beta)

Other Enhancements to Data Pipelines

38
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Event Monitoring Platform Events
Connector (Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal

Analytics Have Been Removed

Salesforce Archive

Save on Storage and Boost Performance

with Salesforce Archive (Pilot)

Trust Site Enhancements

Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, Tableau, and Einstein Discovery.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Unified Analytics Experiences

Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM

Analytics Assets (Beta)

Reports and Dashboards

Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning

Reports with Einstein Generative AI

Do More with Custom Report Types

(Beta)

Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Create Data Cloud Reports with a Single

Click

Include Smart Totals Only in the Reports

You Want

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for

Date Fields (Beta)

Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data

Cloud Reports (Beta)

CRM Analytics

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

39
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Download Directly from Dashboard Widget
Action Menus

Mark Downloaded Images and Exported

Data as Confidential

Add Greater Precision to Your Queries with

More Filter Operators

Control Tooltip Visibility on Link Widgets

Make Dashboard Metrics Stand Out with

Number Widget Enhancements

Manage Action Menus on the Repeater

Widget

Get More Table Widget Options with Header

Formatting and Column Sorting

Launch a Flow with a Dashboard Interaction

(Generally Available)

Explore Multiple Data Model Objects in

Direct Data Using Joins (Generally Available)

Prebuilt and Industry Analytics Apps

Improved Experience for Adoption Analytics

Templates

Data Integration

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM

Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally
Available)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes

(Beta)

Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery

Connections

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data

Manager

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance

with Advanced Append Output (Beta)

Control Access to Data Based on a User’s

Assigned Territories (Beta)

Analyze Data Across Multiple Data Spaces

40
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector
(Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics

Have Been Removed

Analytics Development

Test CRM Analytics Endpoints in Postman

Intelligent Analytics Apps

Einstein Discovery

Externally Built Models in Einstein

Discovery Are Retired

Tableau

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics

Commerce
Commerce Cloud enhancements include new and updated features for B2B and D2C Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce
Order Management, and Salesforce Payments.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce App

Get Contextual Guidance When Setting Up

a B2B or D2C Store

Work More Efficiently with the Updated

Commerce UI

Organize Products with the Enhanced

Category Workspace

Access Product Variation Settings in One

Click

Access Lowest Unit Price from Your Store

Settings

41
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Troubleshoot Product Visibility Issues Right
from the Commerce App

Automate Order Confirmation Emails

Experience Refreshed Workspaces with

Quick Filters and Bulk Actions

Add Design Elements to Your Store Without

Leaving the Commerce App

Smoothly Transition Between Your Store

and a Record Page

Start Selling Online with Salesforce Starter

and Pro Suite

Data Cloud for Commerce

See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal

Targets in the Insights Workspace

Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few

Clicks

Einstein for Commerce

Power Up Productivity with Agentforce

Merchant Agent

Commerce Cart and Checkout

Let Customers Complete Purchases on Any

Page

Streamline the Shopping Experience with

Continuous Scrolling

Address Fields Now Autocomplete for D2C

Stores

Offer Weight-Based Shipping Prices

Turn Off Shipping for Non-Physical Products

Switch Between Managed and Custom

Checkout Without Losing Settings

Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout

Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)

Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest

Checkout

42
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning
Customers

Commerce Promotions

Offer Customers Shipping Rate Promotions

Manage Promotions with a Refreshed

Promotion Workspace

Commerce Components

Display Hi-Res Images and Alternative Views

with the Enhanced Product Image Gallery

Faster Image Loads for Enhanced Shopping

Experiences

Keep Customers Informed About Orders

with Real-Time Updates

Control Last Name Visibility in the Order

Lookup Page

Reapply Your Customizations to the

Updated Reorder Modal

Commerce Search

Resolve Errors on the Redesigned Search

Index Page

Displayable Product Fields Toggle Has a

New Name and Location (Beta)

Additional Commerce Features

Bundle Products to Increase Average Order

Value

Set Targets to Track the Progress of Your

Goals

Use Salesforce Tax to Automate Tax

Processes for Custom Checkout

Simplify Tax Transactions with Flows

Use Enhanced Domains to Serve Your

Salesforce CDN for LWR Commerce Stores

Improve Performance and Security of the

Content Delivery Network (CDN) for LWR
Commerce Stores

43
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Access Product Media from Any CMS
Workspace (Beta)

Omnichannel Inventory

Add and Edit Inventory SKUs

Salesforce Order Management

Provide Customers Estimated Delivery

Dates

Tailor Service Flow Bulk Actions to Your

Store’s Needs

Salesforce Payments

Set Up Your Pay Now Store Quickly and

Easily

Deliver an Improved Pay Now

Experience to Your Customers

Create Pay Now Links with an Improved

Flow

Gain More Control of Payment

Processing Using Manual Capture

Salesforce Payments Is Now Available

in Developer Edition

Use Adyen as a Payment Gateway for

Salesforce Payments

Expand Customer Payment Options with

Merchant-Initiated Payments

Monitor Payment Processing to Track

Your Business’s Financial Health

Boost Sales by Offering More Payment

Options

Let Shoppers Receive Their One-Time

Passcode via Email

View Payment Shipping and Billing

Information to Improve Operations

44
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Customization
New and improved access summary views make managing permissions simpler. Manage list view items more easily with improved
performance, usability, and other enhancements. Add impact to your Lightning records by augmenting your fields with conditional
formatting.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Permissions

Delivered Idea: Get Insight into How a

User’s Permissions Are Granted

Delivered Idea: See How Object Access

Is Granted in Object Manager

Track Permission Changes with Event

Monitoring

List Views

Delivered Idea: Make Inline Edits with

the Enhanced User List View

Get Better Performance for List Views

on Custom and Standard Objects

Sort List Views by Multiple Columns

(Beta)

Manage List Views with New Lightning

Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy

Permission When Editing Public List
View Visibility (Release Update)

Lightning App Builder

Delivered Idea: Configure Record

Highlights in Lightning App Builder

Delivered Idea: Make Record Fields

Stand Out with Conditional Formatting

Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give

Users a Personal Coach

Sharing

Manage Public Group Membership More

Easily

Delivered Idea: Add a Description for

Public Groups

45
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Reference Multiple Picklist Values in
Restriction and Scoping Rules

Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in

Metadata Deployments that Target
Roles and Subordinates in Preview
Sandboxes

Globalization

Discover 11 New Regional English

Variations

Enjoy a Streamlined State and Country

Picklist Setup Process

Review Updated Label Translations

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release

Update)

Some Supported Time Zones No Longer

Available

Salesforce Connect

Use a Private Connection with the

Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for
Snowflake

Enhance Your Custom Adapter for

Salesforce Connect with More External
Data Types

Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter

HTTP Library Is Updated

AppExchange

Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease

General Setup

Manage Details About a User in One

Place

Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and

Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One
Click

Restore Only the Latest Entity History

Records for a Deleted Entity

46
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid

Search (Generally Available)

Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture

with Data Cloud One

Secure and Expand Access to Enriched

Related Lists

Share Data Between Data Cloud and

Databricks Using Lakehouse Federation

Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata

in a Data Kit

Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages

Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data

Kits

Activate a Data Model Object to an

Activation Target

Fine-Tune Activation Membership

Filtering by Adding Related Attributes

Segment Schedule Time is Used to

Ensure Accurate Filtering

Share Data in Near Real-Time Between

Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift

Expand Identity Resolution With

Cross-Object Matching

Focus on Relevant Attributes When

Creating Einstein Segments

Get Optimized Segment Results with

Einstein Data Prism

Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud

Web and Mobile SDK

Include More Attributes in Your

Activation to LinkedIn

47
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Interaction Studio is Renamed
Marketing Cloud Personalization

Batch Data Transforms Are Updated

Incrementally

Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with

Upload File (Beta)

Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party

Connectors (Beta)

Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud

with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally
Available)

Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL

Connector Using Mutual Transport Layer
Security

Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined

Filter Records for Copy Field

Enrichments

Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data

Graph

Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph

Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data

Graph

Save the Salesforce CRM Permission Set

Without License Restrictions

Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in

Segmentation Is Being Retired

Users Can View Only DLOs in Data

Spaces They Have Access To

Connect More Foundation Models for

Generative AI Solutions

Transcribe and Index Audio and Video

Files (Generally Available)

Access Management Made Easy With

the View All Data Permission

48
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud
with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)

Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Lightning Components

LWC API Version 62.0

Manage Styles with Class Object Binding

Access the Parent Element on a Component

Access the Component’s Style Information

Stricter ESLint Rules for Imports and Exports

Create Components with Larger

JavaScript File Sizes

Improve Accessibility with Base

Lightning Components

Lightning Web Security Enablement

Rollout Remains Postponed

Gain Insight into Component Code by

Switching LWS Distortions Off and On

API Distortion Changes in Lightning

Web Security

Develop Lightning Web Components

with TypeScript (Developer Preview)

Develop Lightning Web Components

Faster in a Real-Time Preview (Beta)

Be Aware of Base Lightning Component

Internal DOM Structure Changes for
Future Native Shadow Support

Lightning Design System

49
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Lightning Design System Component
Blueprints Updates

Visualforce

Update References to Visualforce Pages

Served on Salesforce.com

Apex

Track Apex Unexpected Exceptions with

Free-Tier Event Monitoring

Get More Coverage for Unexpected

Exceptions in Apex Code Execution

Understand SOQL Error and

Functionality Changes to Update Your
Code

See Improved Consistency When

Iterating Sets

Write Mock SOQL Tests for External

Objects

API

Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain

Benefit from Faster Metadata API

Deployment Cancellations

Service Protection Limit on Enqueued

Apex Metadata API Deployments

Enforce the CORS Allowlist on More

Salesforce APIs

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0

Through 30.0 Retirement (Release
Update)

DevOps Center

Get Started with Bitbucket Cloud (Beta)

Celebrate Extensibility and Performance

Enhancements

Development Environments

50
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
IdeaExchange Delivered: Upgrade Data
Storage in Developer and Developer Pro
Sandboxes

Create Your Own Libraries for Masking

Data

Set Up and Administer Data Mask Jobs

More Easily

Changes to Selective Sandbox Access

for Developer and Developer Pro
Sandboxes

Platform Development Tools

Salesforce CLI

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI

Enhancements

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

Has a New Documentation Site

Code Builder

Code Builder Has a New Documentation

Site

Agentforce for Developers

Use Generative AI For Salesforce

Development with Agentforce for
Developers (Generally Available)

Agentforce for Developers Documentation

Has a New Look

Scalability

Scale Test

Scale Center

ApexGuru

Heroku

Explore Your Heroku Apps in Salesforce

Setup (Pilot)

Salesforce Functions

51
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

Change Data Capture

Receive Change Event Notifications for

More Objects

Remove Channels and Channel

Members From Your Second-Generation
Managed Packages

Platform Events

Process Platform Events at Scale with

Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers
(Generally Available)

Standard-Volume Platform Events Are

Being Retired

Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through

36.0 Are Now Retired

We Changed the Default Value of the

Publish Behavior Field to Publish
Immediately

Event Bus

Delivered Idea: Use a Filtered Channel

to Relay Events to Amazon EventBridge

Delivered Idea: Send Enriched Change

Events to Amazon EventBridge

AWS Region Validation for Seamless

Event Relay Execution

Configure Managed Event Subscriptions

(Beta) in Tooling API with Postman

Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Features

52
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Platform

Agentforce

Streamline Business Operations with

Agentforce Agents (Generally Available)

Customize Your Agent’s Behavior with

Standard Topic Editing

Evaluate Agent Interaction with Utterance

Analysis

Check Performance with Agent Analytics

Built on Data Cloud

Find Agent Analytics In the Dashboards Tab

Handle More Use Cases More Consistently

with Agent Topics

Introducing the Agentforce Platform

Enhance AI Responses by Customizing the

Data Used by the Answer Questions with
Knowledge Action

New and Changed Standard Agent Topics

and Actions

Configure Conversation Recommendations

Einstein Bots

Connect Enhanced Bots to LINE Messaging

Channels (Generally Available)

Get to Know Customers Faster with

Improved Intent Recognition

Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired

Reach More Customers with Multi-Language

Support for Messaging Components
(Generally Available)

Run Flows in Bot User Context (Release

Update)

Save Time with New Messaging

Components for Enhanced Bots (Generally
Available)

53
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Support More Customers with New
Languages (Generally Available)

Translate Dialogs Easily to Different

Languages (Generally Available)

Understand Customers More Accurately

with Strict Recognition

Einstein Data Library

Ground Generative AI Responses on Your

File Uploads in Einstein Data Library

Changed Access to Existing Einstein Data

Libraries

Einstein Data Prism

Get Optimized Einstein Responses with

Einstein Data Prism

Einstein Trust Layer

Choose Where to Store Generative AI Audit

and Feedback Data

Use Salesforce Data Classification for

Field-Based LLM Data Masking

Prompt Builder

Get Prompt Performance Metrics with User

Feedback (Beta)

Improve Prompt Grounding with Dynamic

Retrievers

Repurpose a Standard Prompt Template

Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG)

in Data Cloud

Other Changes

Explore More Anthropic, Azure, and OpenAI

Models on the Einstein Platform

Monitor Einstein Request Consumption in

Near-Real Time with Digital Wallet

Seamlessly Connect Customer and Partner

LLMs with the Models API and LLM Open
Connector (Generally Available)

54
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Experience Cloud
Upgrade existing LWR sites and CMS workspaces to enhanced sites and enjoy better performance and new features. Offer site builders
an improved experience with a new navigation component, upgraded record components, and improved SEO. Capture more site events
and send them to Data Cloud with the updated Data Cloud integration. Make your sites work for you with new Salesforce CDN features,
additional custom domain support, and more.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Aura and LWR Sites

Fine-Tune the Look and Feel of Your

LWR Site with More Design and Layout
Controls

Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites to

Access the Latest Features (Beta)

Add Enhanced CMS Content to Your

Aura Site

Customize URLs for Accounts and

Contacts to Improve SEO (Generally
Available)

Enhance Your LWR Site Experience by

Curating Data Providers on a Page
(Beta)

Export and Integrate Shared Business

Across Salesforce Orgs with Partner
Connect

Components in Experience Builder

Customize Navigation and More with

New and Improved Components for
LWR Sites

Enable or Disable a Modernized Record

Experience in Aura Sites

Customize the Flow Orchestration Work

Guide Component in Aura and LWR Sites

Developer Productivity

Capture More Events with Data Cloud

Integration Upgrades

Link Files from Your LWR Site to

Salesforce (Beta)

55
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Troubleshoot Custom Domain Issues
Faster

Site Performance

Use Your Enhanced Domain to Serve

Your Salesforce CDN in Sandboxes

Update References to Your Force.com

Site URLs

Boost LWR Site Performance with

Experience Delivery (Pilot)

Mobile for Experience Cloud

Take Advantage of the Latest Features

from Mobile Publisher for Experience
Cloud

Security and Sharing

Secure Record Access When Enabling

Digital Experiences in Preview
Sandboxes

Specify Trusted Domains for Clickjack

Protection on Your Site

Enhance Your Experience Cloud Site

with New Customer Identity Features

Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Field Service Einstein

Get a Daily Summary of Service

Appointments that Require Immediate
Attention

Find Service Appointments Easily by

Creating Search Filters in the
Appointment List

56
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Uncover Top Cancellation Reasons Easily
(Beta)

Generate Post-Work Summaries On the

Go (Beta)

Field Service Resource Management

Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization

Increase Flexibility and Efficiency When

Scheduling Complex Work Chains

Gain Insights into Service Appointment

Unscheduling Information

Get More Information About Scheduling

and Optimization Requests with Activity
Reports (Beta)

Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability

for Capacity-Based Resources

Increase Availability by Reshuffling and

Prioritizing Service Appointments

Enhance Scheduling Accuracy by Adding

Travel Time Buffers per Territory

Improve Schedule Recommendations with

the Appointment Insights API (Beta)

Experience Better Performance with

Enhanced Live Updates (Beta)

Access Health Check in the Optimization

Center Tab

Manage the Field Service Integration

Permission Set with More Flexibility

Find Filters Quickly in the Appointments

List

Field Service Asset Management

Field Service Asset Service Lifecycle Management Add-On

Improve First-Time Fix Rates

Improve Asset Visibility on Your Mobile App

View Asset Health Score on the Go with

the Connected Assets Add-On

57
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Migrate from Maintenance Plan
Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work
Rules (Release Update)

Field Service Operations

Gain Instant Access to Key Operations

and Insights with Field Service Home

Field Service Intelligence

Boost and Track Team Performance

Gain Comprehensive Insights into Your

Inventory and Products

Service Documents

Grant Community Users Access to

Document Builder

Personalize Service Documents with

Company and Worker Details

Organize Service Documents with Page

Breaks

Field Service Customer Engagement

Schedule and Reschedule Appointments

with Scheduling Dependencies in
Appointment Assistant

Provide Real-Time Customer Guidance

with the Visual Remote Assistant Mobile
SDK Embedded in Your Branded Mobile
App

Field Service Mobile

Data Capture

Create Dynamic Forms with Data Capture

Flow (Beta)

Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture

Forms (Beta)

Discovery Framework Based Data Capture

with Field Service Mobile App

Accept On-Site Payments with

Tap-to-Pay

58
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Reduce Distractions and Stay Focused
with Standby Mode

Upsell Your Business from the Field

(Generally Available)

Launch Flows Silently Based on

Geolocation

See the Status of Appointments on the

Map at a Glance

Customize Tabs More Easily in the Field

Service Mobile App Builder

Add Lightning Web Components with

Attributes in the Field Service Mobile
App Builder

Search for Records Easily in the Field

Service Mobile App

Spotlight on Field Service Content

Improve Your Scheduling and

Optimization Proficiency with
Revamped Salesforce Help Content

Switch to Lightning Data Service for the

Best Mobile Experience

Discover What’s New with Offline Usage

in the Field Service Mobile App

Start Your Journey with Einstein for

Field Service

Industries
Industries solutions shape Salesforce to the needs of your business, reducing the need for you to customize things yourself. Get the most
out of your assets by using Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Automotive Cloud optimizes vehicle loans and leases with Digital
Lending for Automotive. Consumer Goods Cloud helps tour drivers sell directly from their trucks. Financial Services Cloud gets more
service process templates and introduces business relationship plans. Health Cloud improves the scheduling experience for Home Health
and Intelligent Appointment Management. Life Sciences Cloud helps organizations make trials more accessible with support for financial
assistance programs. Salesforce for Education integrates with Data Cloud and expands its generative AI capabilities. We also have plenty
of changes for Manufacturing Cloud, Loyalty Management, Industries common features, and much more.

59
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Accounting Subledger

Reduce Processing Time for Accounting

Subledger

Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Inventory Search and Transfer

Unify and Transform Your Inventory Data

for Search

Transfer Products and Parts Across Inventory

Locations

Service Parts Return

Create Part Return Requests During Field

Service Appointments

Create Part Return Requests from the

Desktop App

Product Service Campaign

Generate Work Orders for Campaign Items

with a Single Click

Easily Track Work Orders Created for a

Campaign Item

Work Order Estimation

Schedule Appointments for Work Orders

Initiate and Update Quotes for Existing Work

Orders

Improve Technician Experience with

Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost
Association

Automotive Cloud

Digital Lending for Automotive (Generally Available)

Offer Comprehensive Vehicle Lending

Solutions to Financial Institutions

Capture Granular Details About Vehicle

Loans and Leases

Help Customers Easily Apply for Vehicle

Loans and Leases from Experience Cloud

60
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Submit Vehicle Loan and Lease Applications
on Behalf of Customers

Take Better-Informed Decisions on Vehicle

Loan and Lease Applications

Optimize Proposals by Using Stipulations in

the Underwriter Console

Control Dealers’ Access to Sensitive

Information About Applicants

Help Dealers Accept or Reject Automotive

Lending Proposals from Experience Cloud

Connected Vehicle Enhancements

Get Additional Entitlements for Flow-Based

Orchestrations

Execute Complex Actionable Event

Orchestrations By Using Flows

Vehicle Inventory Search and Transfer Enhancements

Allow Dealers and Customers to Search for

Vehicles

Get Notified When Vehicles Are Transferred

Easily Identify the Action Reference for

Vehicle Transfer

Communications Cloud

Enterprise Sales Management

Optimize Resource Usage by Easily Moving

Assets

Modify In-Progress Orders by Creating

Quotes

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with

a Large Number of Quote Line Items

Support for New and Enhanced Industries

Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) Standard
Cart-Based APIs

New Features for Communications, Media,

and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed
Package

61
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Generative AI Solutions for Enterprise Sales Management

Create Budgetary Quotes Quickly with

Einstein Conversational AI

Communications Cloud Agent Console

Efficiently Manage Billing Disputes

Asset Service Lifecycle Management —

Communications Cloud

Data Cloud Features for Communications Cloud

Monitor User Activity and Analyze Usage

Patterns

Track and Optimize Service Performance

with Service Level Objectives

Connected Assets

Design Sophisticated Actionable Event

Orchestrations by Using Flows

Use Orchestration Entitlements Based

on Execution Procedure Type

Consumer Goods Cloud

Retail Execution

Streamline Delivery with Van Sales Delivery

Execution

Experience Enhanced Performance with

Penny Perfect Pricing Batch V2

Boost Mobile App Productivity with

Bluetooth Keyboards

Manage Tab and User Permissions for

Deployed Profiles

Ensure Accurate Inventory Reconciliation

Increase the Effective Account Manager

Sync Batch Performance

Generate Reports in Non-Latin or Custom

Fonts in Consumer Goods Offline Mobile
App

62
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Use Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile
App in Hybrid Mode With Remote API Calls

Added Support for Improved Integration

and Segmentation with Data Cloud

Print Paper Invoices and Reports On the Go

with a Bluetooth Thermal Printer

Other Improvements in Retail Execution

New and Changed Objects for Retail

Execution

Changed Apex Classes in Retail Execution

Trade Promotion Management

Do More with Enhanced Support for Custom

Months and Quarters

Create Promotions Faster with Customized

Promotion Workflows

Manage TPM Permission Sets Efficiently

Enhance Prediction Accuracy by Clustering

Your Sales Data

Preview Your Processing Service

New and Changed APIs in Trade Promotion

Management

Energy and Utilities Cloud

Drive Customer Support with Agent

Console

Minimize Customer Service Calls with

Self-Service Portal

Summarize Customer Calls with Einstein

Work Summaries

Improve Technician Experience with

Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost
Association

Calculate Energy Savings and Rebates

with Context Service

Monitor Connected Assets with Data

Cloud Visualization

63
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Product Catalog Management for
Energy and Utilities

Efficiently Manage Mass Asset Recalls,

Services, and Upgrades

Streamline Supplier Recovery Claims

Easily Estimate Field Service Work and

Quote Costs to Customers

New and Updated Objects in Energy and

Utilities Cloud

Financial Services Cloud

Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Boost Operational Efficiency with

AI-powered Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Business Relationship Plan

Obtain Key Information About Your Clients

Quantify Objectives and Track Progress by

Defining Measures

Get Client Relationship Insights Quickly with

Prebuilt, AI-Powered Summary Templates

Complaints Management

Resolve Complaints Faster with Einstein

Generative AI for Complaints Management

Einstein for Finacial Services Cloud

Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with

Einstein Copilot (Beta)

Digital Lending

Give Guest Users Access to Your Product

Catalog

Simplify Loan Estimates with the Loan

Calculator

Quickly Complete Loan Approval Steps by

Using Integrations

Dynamically Show Loan Offers by Using

Product Configurator

64
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Customize the Underwriter Console by
Using Omnistudio

Digital Lending—India

Simplify the Loan Application Intake Process

Offer More Loan-Related Verification and

Screening Capabilities to Your Users

Service Process Automation

Accelerate Service Process Setup with

Prebuilt Templates

Transaction Dispute Management

Streamline Assessments for Disputed

Transactions

Give More Dispute Resolution Capabilities

to Dispute Specialists

Wealth Management

Identify Client Wealth Goals with a

Fact-Finding Questionnaire

Analyze Client Wealth and Create Financial

Plans with AI-Generated Summaries

Data Cloud for Financial Services Cloud

Stream More Financial Services Cloud

Objects

Financial Summary Rollup

Get Meaningful Insights into Customer’s

Financial Information with Financial
Summary Rollup

Strengthen Your Business and Customer

Relationships by Using CRM Analytics

Watch Financial Services Cloud Videos

New and Changed Financial Services

Cloud Object Fields

New and Changed Invocable Actions in

Financial Services Cloud

Health Cloud

65
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein for Health Cloud

Boost the Efficiency of Healthcare Processes

with Einstein

Revolutionize Healthcare Communication

with Einstein’s Email Generation

Home Health Enhancements

Promote Patient-Centered Care with

Self-Service Capabilities

Expedite Your Home Health Setup

Intelligent Appointment Management Enhancements

Book Assets for Patient Appointments

Book Multiple Resources for Patient

Appointments

Schedule Multiple Patient Appointments in

the Same Time Slot

Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the

Appointment Scheduling Home Page (not
immediately available)

Search for Providers Based on Postal Code

Troubleshoot Intelligent Appointment

Management Configuration

Integrated Care Management Enhancements

Save and Resume MCG Assessments

Update Care Plans Using MCG Assessments

Expose Care Plans to Experience Site Users

Search for MCG Assessments by Default

Participant Management Enhancements

Patient Program Outcome Management

Patient Support Programs Console

Pharmacy Benefits Verification

Enhancements

Provider Network Management Enhancements

66
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Simplify Provider Roster Management with
Roster File Mapping

Optimize Provider Registration with NPPES

Integration

Accelerate Your Health Cloud Setup

Health Cloud Has New and Changed

Objects

New and Changed Invocable Actions in

Health Cloud

Insurance

Life Sciences Cloud

Advanced Therapy Management Enhancements

Add Ad Hoc Tasks to a Therapy Step

Review and Update Task Assignees

Commercial Excellence Enhancements

Increase Sales Productivity by Automating

Sales Agreement and Quote Conversions

Financial Assistance Program for Life Sciences

View the Eligible Financial Assistance

Programs for a Care Program Enrollee

Apply for a Financial Assistance Program

View Financial Assistance Program

Application Status

Reapply for a Financial Assistance Program

View the Details of Approved Financial

Assistance Program Claims

Participant Management Enhancements

Identify the Best Candidates for Clinical Trials

by Using AI

Improve Recruitment and Enrollment

Efficiency

Expedite Your Participant Management

Setup

67
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Patient Program Outcome Management

Store Outcome Data in the Patient Program

Outcome Management Data Model

Calculate Outcome Metrics Using Salesforce

Flows

Generate Program Outcome Summary

Using Einstein Generative AI

Generate Patient Outcome Summary Using

Einstein Generative AI

Patient Support Programs Console

Deliver Excellent Patient Services with the

Patient Support Programs Console App

Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements

Add Member Plans from the Care Program

Enrollee Record page

Capture Additional Pharmacy Benefits Fields

under Benefits Summary

Generate Call Scripts for Payors with Einstein

Generative AI

Generate Summary of Benefits with Einstein

Generative AI

Improve Efficiency with the Automated

Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process

Life Sciences Cloud Has New and

Changed Objects

New Invocable Actions in Life Sciences

Cloud

Loyalty Management

Create Programs Easily With Simplified

Loyalty Program Setup

Promotions

Global Promotions Management

Simplify Promotion Targeting Through

Actionable Lists

68
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Find Members' Data Cloud Segments Faster
with Data Graphs

Easily Find Eligible Promotions for Corporate

Members

Maintain the Process and Rules Status

During Deployment

Control Liability with Currency Subtypes

Vouchers

Relieve Member Anxiety During Voucher

Redemption

Drive Customer Engagement and Boost

Sales with Time-Based Vouchers

Make Vouchers a Key Element of Your

Customer Engagement Strategy

Automate Voucher Access for Customers

Make the Most of the Revamped Loyalty

Program Home Page

New and Changed Objects in Loyalty

Management

New Metadata Types in Loyalty

Management

Changed Invocable Actions

New and Changed Connect REST APIs

Manufacturing Cloud

Sales Agreement

Minimize Revenue Leakage with Decimal

Precision in Quantity Metrics

Choose to Specify or Autopopulate Planned

Quantities for Sales Agreement Products

Make Products Easily Recognizable in the

Sales Agreement Table

Easily Identify Schedules On the Sales

Agreement Table

69
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Get More Guidance for Setting Up Sales
Agreements

Easily Create Part Return Requests from

a Warranty Claim or Work Order

Close Deals Quickly by Automating

Quote and Sales Agreement Conversion

Search For and Transfer Products and

Parts Across Inventory Locations

Swiftly Generate Work Orders for

Product Service Campaigns

Consider Decimal Values When

Calculating Forecasts

Get Improved Mobile and Reports

Support for Manufacturing Cloud
Objects

New Connect APIs

Media Cloud

Advertising Sales Management

Boost Ad Impact With Related Media

Product Bundles

Customize the Spot Calendar's Style and

Display

Net Zero Cloud

Allowlist the Domains that You Trust for

Disclosures

Collect and Manage ESG Content in

Centralized Information Library for Use
Across ESG Disclosures

Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub

Generate First Draft of ESG Disclosure

Automatically (Beta)

Revise Disclosure Responses Accurately with

Enhanced Efficiency

Revise Information Library Snippets via

Einstein Generative AI

70
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Save Disclosure Responses to
Assessment Framework

Synchronize Report Content to Create

Latest and Auditable Reports

Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations

with Einstein Generative AI (Beta)

Easily Access XBRL Tagging Providers

on Net Zero Marketplace

New and Changed Objects for Net Zero

Cloud

Public Sector Solutions

Talent Recruitment Management

Streamline How You Manage Positions,

Requisitions, and Job Postings

Attract the Best Talent and Offer a Seamless

Job Application Experience

Evaluate, Vet, and Hire Talent More

Efficiently with the Talent Recruitment
Management Console App

Accelerate Hiring Decisions with an

All-In-One Hiring Experience

Share Information with Select Hiring Team

Members

Investigative Case Management

Efficiently Manage Investigations with

Casework Overview

Easily Capture Evidence for a Case by Using

a Guided Flow

Get Insights into Caseworker Productivity

Share Complaints and Case Proceedings

with Select Users

Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

Simplify License Management with Einstein

Optimize Follow-Up Visits with Einstein

71
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Streamline Benefit Management with
Einstein

Help Caseworkers Quickly Identify Benefit

Application Changes with Einstein

Speed Up Referral Authorization with

Out-of-the-Box Flow

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio

Components

Use Omniscripts in Multiple Languages

New and Changed Objects in Public

Sector Solutions

Referral Marketing

Easily View Configurations of a Referral

Promotion

Accelerate Customer Segment

Verification for Promotions

Implement Referral Marketing Without

a Person Account

Enable Advocates to Manage Referrals

on Experience Cloud Sites

Integrate Referral Marketing in a Mobile

App

New and Changed Connect REST APIs

Salesforce for Education

Unify Your Learner Data with Data Cloud

for Education

Build Stronger Alumni Relationships

with Einstein and Data Cloud for
Education: Alumni Metrics

Enroll Admitted Students into Learning

Programs

Monitor Learners with Watchlist

Tracking

Get Learner Feedback with Pulse Checks

72
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Summarize Advising Cases by Using
Einstein

Find Accurate Mentor Matches with

Einstein Mentoring Summaries

View Academic Highlights with Learner

Progress Summary

Manage Your Learning Catalog with

APIs

Visualize Imported Catalog Data in

Learning Program Plan Builder

Accelerate Degree Planning with

Learner Pathway Templates

Clarify Prerequisites and Corequisites

in Intelligent Degree Planner

Help Learners Make Informed Decisions

with the Intelligent Program
Comparison Engine

Strengthen Prospect Engagement With

Recruitment Inquiry and Opportunity
Management

Streamline the Recommendation

Process with Recommender Experience

Use Fundraising Updates for

Advancement

New and Changed Objects in Education

Cloud

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Salesforce for Nonprofits

Nonprofit Cloud

Provider Management Is Now Available for

Nonprofit Cloud

Fundraising

Grantmaking

Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud

73
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce for Nonprofits Managed Packages

Elevate Retirement

foundationConnect Retirement

Industries Common Features

Action Plans

Customize the Display of Task Field Columns

in Action Plan and Action Plan Templates

Edit Multiple Tasks At Once for Action Plans

and Action Plan Templates

AI Accelerator

Get Customized Prediction Insights By Using

AI Accelerator

Scoring Framework (Generally Available)

Business Rules Engine

Simplify Business Rules with Context-Aware

Subexpressions

Simulate Expression Sets Comprehensively

with All Available Context Mappings

Save and Manage Expression Set Versions

Effortlessly

Migrate Expression Set Versions Efficiently

by Using Ranks

Configure Complex Business Rules Easily by

Using String Functions

Create Decision Tables More Intuitively by

Using the Unified User Interface

Manage the Volume and Complexity of Your

Decision Tables with the Decision Table
Type Options

Expedite Efficiency by Using CSV Files to

Create Decision Tables

Narrow Your Source Conditions by Applying

Source Filters in Decision Tables

74
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Improve Decision-Making with the Newly
Supported Objects in Medium Volume
Decision Tables

Increase Efficiency with Faster Refresh for

Decision Table Data in Flows

Support for Rule Engine Designer Role to

Refresh Decision Tables

Changed Business Rules Engine Objects

Context Service

Conveniently Activate and Deactivate

Definitions, and Other Context Service
Enhancements

Easily Generate Input Mapping for Blank

Attributes

New Objects in Context Service

Use Data Model Objects for Mapping

New Connect REST API Resources

CSV Data Management

Import CSV Data by Using Various

Supported Delimiters

Perform Complex Calculations on CSV Data

and Import into Salesforce Objects

Data Processing Engine

Simplify Transformation of Large Data by

Using CSV Files (Pilot)

Write to Related Objects in Writeback Nodes

in Data Cloud

Automatically Save your Recipes and Output

Records

Get Notified When You Exceed Data

Pipelines Usage Limits

Metadata API

Changed Objects

Decision Table

75
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Metadata API

Changed Invocable Actions in Decision

Table

Connect REST APIs

Einstein Bot Templates

Resolve Cases Efficiently with Case

Management Bot Templates

Engagement

Changed Object

Grantmaking

View Progress Reports for Updates on

Applications

Use Flow-Based Forms in Grantmaking

Review Submitted Applications from a

Single Page

New and Changed Objects in Grantmaking

Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ)

Boost Efficiency with Industries CPQ in LWC

Interface

Automate Asset Management with Query

Driven Asset Disconnect Scheduler

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with

Large Sets of Quote Line Items

Get a More Flexible Pricing Solution in

Communications, Media, and Energy &
Utilities (CME) Managed Package

Move to Salesforce Contracts in

Communications, Media, and Energy &
Utilities (CME) Managed Package

Reverse Cardinality of Relies On Product

Instances

Relies On with Attribute Propagation

Achieve Real-Time Catalog and Pricelist

Updates with Incremental Caching

76
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Table Component Deprecated in the
AccountBillingDashboard Component

Secure Your Data with Enhanced User

Permissions

Integration Solutions with MuleSoft Direct

Industry Integration Solutions Has a New

Name

List Builder for Data Cloud Segment

Changed Objects

Omnistudio Document Generation

Improve Document Generation Performance

with Timeout Setting

Scheduled Reminders

Changed Objects in Scheduled Reminders

Service Process Studio

Experience Greater Flexibility in Request

Form Creation

Changed Object

Stage Management

Migrate Stage Management Configurations

with Ease

Marketing
Salesforce marketing products and features streamline and supercharge your promotional campaigns. Find out what improvements are
arriving in our Winter '25 release.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Personalization

Provide Personalized Experiences with

Einstein Personalization (Generally
Available)

77
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Extend Personalized Experiences in
Marketing Cloud Using Einstein
Personalization

Enhance Your Websites with

Personalized Experiences Using Web
Personalization Manager

Monitor Einstein Personalization

Consumption in Near Real-Time with
Digital Wallet

Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

General Enhancements

Discover a New Campaign Experience with

Marketing Cloud

Troubleshoot Email Send Issues

Find and Merge Duplicate Prospect Records

Copy Forms and Emails to a Salesforce CMS

Workspace

Gain Insights with Form and Landing Page

Engagement Data in Data Cloud

Create More Data Cloud Segments per

Business Unit

Open System Email Links in the Lightning

App

Pause or Cancel Permanent Prospect

Deletions

APIs and Integrations

Account Engagement API: New and

Changed Items

Marketing Cloud Engagement

Apps, Setup, and Security

General Enhancements to Package Manager

Social Studio Is Being Retired

Enable Branded Email Sending Domains and

URLs in the Marketing Cloud Engagement
Interface

78
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Rotate Client Secrets in Installed Packages

Cross-Cloud Products

Process Builder Is Retired for Marketing

Cloud Connect

Let Customers Link a Distributed Marketing

Send to an Active Campaign

Personalize Campaign Member Objects

Einstein and Analytics

Generate Marketing Content in Multiple

Languages

Monitor AI Content with New Audit Export

Feature

Customize Brand Identity at the Business

Unit Level

Journeys and Automations

Track Journey Changes with the Journey

Audit Log

Improve Existing Emails with Journey Builder

High-Throughput Sending
Recommendations

Enhance Query Results with Improved Email

Attribute Storage

Get More Accurate Journey Success Rates

on the Journey History Page

Retrieve Data from Automation Data Views

in Real Time

Use Additional SFTP Key Exchange

Algorithms in File Transfer Activities

Change to S3 Path Requirements in File

Transfer and Import Activities

New Error Types for File Decryption Issues

Correlate Activity Data with Other Views

Using the JobID Field

Messaging

79
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Shorten SMS Links in MobileConnect and
Journey Builder

Reuse Template Message Names Across

Your WhatsApp Business Accounts

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Enhance Your Data by Using the New Criteo

API Data Fields

Optimize Your Ad Spend with the Custom

DoubleVerify Connector

Streamline OneDrive Data Management by

Using SharePoint

Gain Deeper TikTok Ad Insights by Using

New API Fields

Archived Release Notes

Marketing Cloud (Growth and Advanced)

Get More with Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition

Boost Engagement and Streamline

Optimizations with Einstein Features

Test and Analyze Campaign Flows

Grow Relationships with Conversational SMS

Update the Required Marketing Data

Kits

Create More Relevant Messages

Improve User Experiences with These

Content Enhancements

Save Time with Grounded Agentforce

and Einstein AI Tools

Streamline Marketing Setup with These

Admin Enhancements

Level Up Your Reporting with Marketing

Performance

Interface Updates in Marketing Cloud

Other Changes in Marketing Cloud

80
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Unified Messaging

Improve Consent Compliance for

Unified WhatsApp Messages

Mobile
Keep up with deals while on the go with the new Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience, which is now generally available. Improve
productivity when working with records offline, customer messaging, or reports with the latest features available on the Salesforce
mobile app. Create a mobile app built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud LWR sites, which
is now generally available. Validate the records available offline to a user with the new Total Unique Records field available in Briefcase
Builder.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Mobile App

Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App

Access Linked Resources Anytime,

Anywhere in Enhanced Reports on
Salesforce Mobile

Restart Offline Draft Syncs with One Tap

Access Record Attachments in the Offline

App with Files Priming (Beta)

Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App Is

Now Generally Available

Send Messaging Components and Transfer

Messaging Sessions with Messaging for
Mobile

General Mobile Updates

Boost Your Sales Productivity with a

Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally
Available)

Mobile Home Tab Setting Is Now on by

Default

Verify Briefcase Settings by Using the

Count of Total Unique Records

81
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Validate Mobile Lightning Web
Components with ESLint Rules

Mobile Publisher

Create Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)

Apps with Mobile Publisher for
Experience Cloud (Generally Available)

Preview Your Experience Cloud LWR Site

as an App with Publisher Playground
(Beta)

Android Experience Cloud Apps Now

Require Android 9 or Later

Conceal Sensitive Information When

Your Experience Cloud App Is in the
Background

Protect Your Experience Cloud App from

Reverse Engineering

Secure Your Experience Cloud iOS App

with Two New Enhanced Mobile App
Security Policies

Set Up Marketing Cloud Notifications

on Experience Cloud Android Apps More
Simply

Experience Cloud App Version

Numbering Has Changed

Omnistudio
In the Winter ’25 release, Omnistudio Standard offers new designers and list views for all components. It also offers customization of
Omniscript elements.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Effortlessly Access Information with
Distinct Omnistudio Guides

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio

Components by Using New Designers

82
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Easily Browse Through Omnistudio
Components with List Views

Customize Omniscript Elements for Your

Business Requirements

Other Improvements in Omnistudio

Omnistudio Minor Releases

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Revenue Lifecycle Management Is Now
Revenue Cloud

Product Catalog Management

Easily Create Qualification Decision

Tables by Using Templates

Show Only Eligible and Available

Improve Search Results by Indexing

Your Product Catalog

Define Ramp Segment Types for

Products Whose Price and Volume Can
Change Over Time

Organize Bundled Products Better With

Nested Groups

Improve Scalability and Efficiency of

Product and Catalog Data Management

Product Discovery

Guide Users to Find the Right Products

83
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Accentuate Product Images with Tile View

Show Qualification and Pricing Information

Only When Necessary

Refine Product Detail View

Boost Engagement by Granting Guest Users

Access to Product Discovery

Create a Custom Product Browsing

Experience

Show Only the Available and Qualified

Categories in Product Discovery

Experience Enhanced Product Search

View Nested Groups for Product Bundles

Replace the Deprecated Product Discovery

Permission Sets

Connect REST APIs

New Invocable Actions

New Metadata Types

New and Changed Objects For Product

Catalog Management

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

Salesforce Pricing

Streamline Pricing Procedure

Requirements with Procedure Plan
Definitions

Ensure Pricing Transparency with Price

Tracking History

Easily Update Multiple Records by Using

Pricing Adjustment Batch Jobs

Turn Off Price Waterfall for Selected

Pricing Elements

84
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Configure Proration Settings to
Calculate Product Prices

Calculate the Aggregate Price of a

Product Bundle

Simulate Pricing Procedures with

Different Context Mappings

Derived Pricing Enhancements

Operations Console is Now Pricing

Operations Console

New Objects in Salesforce Pricing

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Invocable Actions

Rate Management (Generally Available)

Bill Customers Based on Consumption

of a Usage Resource

Manage Discounts with Rate

Adjustments

Calculate Net Unit Rates By Using

Predefined Rating Elements

Make Better Rating Decisions By Using

Rating Waterfall

New Objects in Rate Management

New Invocable Action in Rate

Management

New Metadata Type in Rate

Management

New Connect REST API Resources

Product Configurator

Maintain Rule Integrity with

Configuration Rule Validation

Easily Create Diverse Configuration

Rules

Validate Products at Transaction Level

85
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Support for Ramped Deals

Get an Enhanced View of Derived Prices

View Nested Options Group for Product

Bundles

Changed Connect REST API Response

Bodies

Transaction Management

Give Your Customers More Flexibility

with Usage Selling

Gain Insight into Asset Usage Rates and

Tier Pricing

Use Ramp Deals for Time-Based Price

and Quantity Changes

Advanced Approvals

Design Approval Chains with Flow Builder

Ensure Transactions Adhere to Policies

Easily See and Respond to Approval

Requests

Unblock Transactions by Administering

Approvals

Organize Your Transactions with Groups

Streamline the Quoting and Ordering

Process for Derived Products

Effortlessly Build Quotes and Orders

with Add Assets Action

Fast-Track Adding Products to Sales

Transactions

Configure Lookup Fields Efficiently in a

Transaction

Renew Assets Early in Revenue Cloud

Unlock Quoting Capabilities for

Customer Communities

Track Order Creation Efficiently with

Timely Notifications

86
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Summarize Quotes with Einstein

Generate Quote Emails with Einstein

Accelerate Business Growth with

Enhanced Support for Large
Transactions (Pilot)

New and Changed Objects in

Transaction Management

Changed Platform Event in Transaction

Management

Changed Invocable Action in

Transaction Management

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

CommerceOrders Namespace

PlaceQuote Namespace

Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Interface and Performance

Enhancements

Manual Task Assignment Rules

Partially Load Fulfillment Plans

Skip a Fulfillment Branch

Support for Decomposition by Product

Classification

Define How Failed Callouts are Retried

Enhance Your Search and View in the

Decomposition Viewer

Changed Objects in Dynamic Revenue

Orchestrator

Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Define Criteria for Invoicing Products

Simplify your Billing Configuration by

Using Guided Setup

87
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Billing in Advance and Arrears

Configure Multiple Legal Entities for a

Seller

Ensure Accurate Tax Calculation by

Customizing Tax Addresses

Schedule Automatic Invoice Generation

for Billing Schedules

Streamline Financial Reporting with

Accounting Periods

Automate Conversion of Negative

Invoice Lines to Credit Memo Lines

Issue Credits to Settle Balances of

Invoices or Invoice Lines

Settle Invoices Faster by Auto-Applying

Credit Balances

Optimize User Experience for Partner

Communities

New Objects for Invoice Management

New Platform Events for Invoice

Management

New Connect REST API Resources

New Connect in Apex Classes

New Metadata Types

New Invocable Actions

Salesforce Contracts

Enhance Document Generation with

Single Point Requests (SPR) and
Omniscript

Control Edit Access to Protect Essential

Contract Sections

Define and Test Instructions for Better

Extraction Results

Streamline Your Internal Review

Processes with Automated Checkout

88
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Identify Differences Between Contract
Versions

Salesforce Billing Managed Package

Post Invoices Seamlessly with

Consecutive Batch Jobs

Sales
Boost your teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account Plans.
Keep your pipeline healthy by using AI to help identify your next customer. Submit forecast numbers at a point in time. And create quota
plans that incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Agentforce for Sales

Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce

SDR

Coach Sales Reps at Scale with

Agentforce Sales Coach

Einstein for Sales

Einstein Activity Capture

Upgrade Your Service Account Connections

to Org-Level OAuth 2.0 Authentication

Resync Events Renamed in User Health

Status

Exclude Organizer-Only Events When

Syncing Internal Events

Einstein Copilot for Sales

Accomplish More with Sales Copilot Topics

Revamp Your Follow-Up Game in Less Time

Log Calls with Customers with Einstein

Copilot

Establish Action Items with Einstein

89
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Organize and Quickly Find Records by Using
Custom Labels with Einstein

Get Instant Access to Pricing Information

Focus on the Deals That Matter Most

Discover Key Contacts, Their Roles in

Influencing Deals, and the Deals They've
Impacted

Manage Your Day Better with Einstein

Increase Your Odds of Success with Warm

Introductions

Einstein Automated Contacts Is Being

Retired in February 2025

Sales Summaries Beta Program Is No

Longer Available

Sales Fundamentals

Get New Foundational Features for Sales

Cloud Users

Show Sales Reps Seller Home in More

Places

Opportunities

Increase Sales Team Collaboration by

Assigning Opportunity Splits to Territories

Accounts

Delivered Idea: Optimize Your Strategic

Planning with Account Plans

Enhance Reporting Structure Visibility by

Associating Person Accounts and Contacts
with Each Other

Leads

Review and Update Settings to Capture

Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)

Sales Cloud Go

Simplify Discovery and Setup of Your

Sales Cloud Features

90
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Conversation Insights

Access All Your Conversation Data with

Conversation Hub

See the Topics That Matter Most to Your

Customers with Sales Signals

Sales Engagement

Find Your Next Customer with

Prospecting Center, a new Data Cloud
App

Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) is Being

Retired

The Campaign Member Status Chart is

Being Retired

Quickly Identify Which Builder Created

Each Cadence

Change Einstein Activity Capture

Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic
Users (Release Update)

Revenue Intelligence

Identify New Opportunities with

Improved Einstein Account
Management White Space Analysis

Email Customers Regarding Risk Factors

from Within Einstein Account
Management

Control Access to Data Based on

Territory

Collaborative Forecasts

Capture Forecasts at a Point in Time

with Forecast Submissions

Improve Sales Forecast Accuracy with

Manager Judgment Enhancements

Get a Complete Forecast Picture with

Opportunity Splits by Territory Forecasts

Identify What You See in Each Forecast

Chart More Easily

91
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Pipeline Inspection

Close Date Predictions Is Being Retired

Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

Get Timely and Contextual Feedback on

Your Terms

Publish and Share Enablement

Programs Quickly with Managed
Packages

Personalize Your Sales Programs with

Your Company’s Preferred Content
Experience

Track Job-Related Activity for

Enablement Measures More Effectively
with Additional Filter Operators

Other Changes in Sales Programs,

Partner Tracks, and In-App Guidance

Sales Performance Management

Salesforce Maps

Embed Maps Within Your Branded Digital

Experiences

The Enhanced User Experience is now

Enabled for All Users

Sales Planning

Plan Quotas from Territory Alignments

Plan Territories with Live Data

Structure Territories that Aren’t Geographic

Email, Calendar, and Integrations

Salesforce for Outlook

Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in

December 2027

Outlook Integration

Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration

Gmail Integration

92
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail
Integration in the Chrome Side Panel

Use Einstein Copilot with Your Gmail

Integration

Partner Relationship Management

Streamline Collaboration on Shared

Deals with Trusted Partners

Sales Cloud Everywhere

Give Copilot Instructions That Default

to the Current Record in Sales Cloud
Everywhere

Match Precision Improved in Contextual

Insights

Speed Up Your Day with the Gmail

Integration in the Chrome Side Panel

Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail

Integration

Sales Cloud on Mobile

Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused

Mobile App (Generally Available)

Other Changes in the Sales Cloud

Enable New Order Save Behavior

(Release Update)

Streamline Your Workflow with a New

Design for Lightning Experience

Salesforce CMS
Publish enhanced CMS content to more channels, including Aura sites. As you add these channels to your enhanced CMS workspace,
remove old ones from the workspace, and delete unused channels from your org. Share and reuse content across your enhanced CMS
workspaces with workspace sharing and content cloning.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Expand the Reach of Your Enhanced
CMS Content

93
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Remove Channels from Enhanced CMS
Workspaces and Delete Channels from
Your Org

Scale Content Delivery for High

Performance (Beta)

Broaden Content Use and Reuse

Possibilities in Enhanced CMS
Workspaces

Skip the Alt Text for Decorative Images

Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with MuleSoft Composer for
Salesforce.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Flow Builder

Flow Builder Updates

User Experience Updates

Screen Flow Updates

Get Help Creating Flow Formulas with

Einstein (Beta)

Edit Your Einstein Instructions in Flow

Builder (Beta)

Launch Another Active Prompt Flow as a

Subflow Within a Prompt Flow

Create or Update Records Efficiently with

the Create Records Element

Transform Data into More Target Resource

Types

Flow Marketing Cloud

Visualize Flow Data with On-Canvas Insights

Test and Optimize Engagement with Path

Experiments

94
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Automate Your Responses to Common
Customer Actions with Out-of-the-Box
Automation Event-Triggered Flows

Preserve References to Data Graph Values

in Campaign Flows

Flow Actions

Expand Your Email Reach by Using CC and

BCC Options in Send Email Action

Flow Debugging

See Scheduled Flows Limit in Debug Details

Test and Troubleshoot Your

Template-Triggered Prompt Flows with the
Debug Tool

Flow Runtime

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes

Flow Extensions

Create Personalized Recommendations

Using Einstein Next Best Action in
Experience Cloud Sites

Flow and Process Release Updates

Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches

a Flow (Release Update)

Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting

Approval Requests (Release Update)

Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release

Update)

Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release

Update)

Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action

Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)

Run Flows in User Context via REST API

(Release Update)

Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record

Values in Process Builder (Release Update)

95
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Make Flows Respect Access Modifiers for
Legacy Apex Actions (Release Update)

Disable Access to Session IDs in Flows

(Release Update)

Enable Partial Save for Invocable Actions

(Release Update)

Enforce Permission Requirements Defined

on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs
(Release Update)

Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request

Order (Release Update)

Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to

Respect Organization-Wide Profile Settings
(Release Update)

Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in

Prompt Flows (Release Update)

Flow Orchestration

View Orchestration Details in the

Automation Lightning App

Manage Steps in an Orchestration Stage

Customize the Flow Orchestration Work

Guide Component

Add New Fields in Orchestration Run

List Views

Other Changes to Flow Orchestration

MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce

Security, Identity, and Privacy

Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. Monitor vital data from custom objects by creating custom metrics.
Legacy My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs. And Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound
HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Backup

96
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Restore Files from a Backup

Domains

Update References to Your Previous

Salesforce Domains

Identify and Update Instanced Legacy

Hostnames

Disable Redirections for Legacy

Hostnames

Get Help with Custom Domains Directly

in Setup

Identity and Access Management

The Multi-Factor Authentication

Assistant in Setup Is No Longer Needed
and Discontinued

Migrate to a Local External Client App

from Your Local Connected App

Manage OAuth Usage for External Client

Apps

Create an External Client App from App

Manager

Assign and Package OAuth Custom

Scopes for External Client Apps

Configure the Start URL for External

Client Apps

Show an External Client App in App

Launcher

Delivered Idea: Customize User

Experience and Functionality for
Authentication Providers

Customize SMS One-Time Password

Delivery for Experience Cloud Sites
(Generally Available)

Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled

Forgot Password Invalid Username Error

Message Was Changed

97
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Make the Most of Enhancements for the
Headless Registration Flow

Get Ready for a New Login Experience

Get More Flexibility with Headless

Identity Flows

Be an Early Adopter of a Headless

Identity Draft Standard

Revoke Individual JWT-Based Access

Tokens

Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration
SAML Framework (Release Update)

Manage Token Exchange Handlers with

Ease

Give Users More Ways to Log In

Use REST API for Access to External

Client App OAuth Consumer Credentials
(Release Update)

API Error Response for Refresh Token

Flow Was Changed

Verify SAML Integrations (Release

Update)

Salesforce Authenticator Users Are

Automatically Guided to a Workaround
if Push Notifications Time Out

Identify the Salesforce Authenticator

App More Easily

Update the Salesforce Authenticator

App to Version 4.3

Privacy Center

Avoid Accidental Data Impact by

Previewing Data Management Policies

Retain Data with Privacy Center

Policy Validation Improvements in

Privacy Center

Named Credentials

98
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Control Who Can Perform Authenticated
Callouts with Ease

Salesforce Shield

Event Monitoring

Generate Test Events for Threat Detection

(Beta)

Get Notified and Block Activity When a User

Logs In as Someone Else with Transaction
Security

Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event

Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)

Track Network Performance Metrics

Identify Blocked Redirections for Legacy

Hostnames

Get Information About Permission Changes

Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event

Log Objects (Beta)

Shield Platform Encryption

Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud

Set Up Shield Platform Encryption with

Fewer Clicks

Encrypt Comments on New Participant

Records

Security Center

Create Custom Metrics in Security

Center (Generally Available)

Monitor Additional User Permissions

View Fields That Are Encrypted Under

Your Shield Platform Encryption Policy

View Pertinent Data with an Enhanced Security Center Dashboard Page

Check the Status of Your Connected Tenants

From the Dashboard Page

Other Changes

99
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Delivered Idea: Improve Data
Transmission Speed and Security with
TLS 1.3

New Hyperforce Orgs Use Salesforce

Edge Network

Adopt Updated CSP Directives (Release

Update)

Security Was Tightened for the retUrl

Parameter for My Domain Redirects

Violation Type Label Was Changed for

Blocked Redirections

Service
Explore the latest advancements in AI and customer service technology with Salesforce's new offerings. These include the generally
available Einstein Data Library for grounding generative AI responses, the beta version of Einstein Case Management for real-time insights,
and enhanced messaging capabilities across various platforms. Additionally, new tools like Employee Service streamline HR processes,
while features like post-chat surveys and Einstein Copilot enhance feedback collection and supervisor efficiency. These innovations help
optimize data integration and analysis, ensuring a unified view across all engagement channels.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Agentforce Service Agent

Automate Common Contact Center

Interactions with Agentforce Service
Agents

Ensure Sequential Conversations in

Messaging for Web

Monitor Agentforce Service Agent

Conversation Consumption with Digital
Wallet

Get New Foundational Features for

Service Cloud Users

Discover Even More Service Capabilities

with My Service Journey (Beta)

Einstein for Service

Einstein Article Recommendations

100
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer
Issues Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations (Pilot)

Einstein Classification

Optimize Your Classification Model with

Additional Input Fields (Generally Available)

Einstein Conversation Mining

Gather More Service Support Insights with

Additional Channels in Einstein
Conversation Mining

Einstein Knowledge Creation

Get Quick Revisions on Knowledge Article

Fields with Einstein Knowledge Edits (Beta)

Einstein Reply Recommendations

Use Einstein Service Replies in More

Languages

Einstein Work Summaries

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Voice in

More Languages (Generally Available)

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in

Five More Languages

Customize Your Work Summaries in Copilot

(Generally Available)

Get a Quick Overview of a Case and Ongoing

Developments with Case Summaries (Pilot)

Service Intelligence

Get Faster Insights with Einstein Case

Management (Beta)

Monitor Agent Performance Against

Target Service Level Agreement (SLA)
Times

Automate Knowledge Reviews with

Salesforce Flows

Gain Deeper Insights into Knowledge

Performance with Data Categories

101
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Apply Additional Service Assets in Data
Cloud

Channels

Draft Personalized Service Emails with

Einstein

Move Emails Easily to the Relevant Case

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in

Five More Languages

Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email

Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally
Available) (Release Update)

Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email

Threading Behavior (Release Update)

Messaging

Help Customers in a LINE Messaging

Channel

Manage Marketing and Service Interactions

Together with Unified Messaging for SMS

The Messaging for In-App and Web API Is

Generally Available

Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App is

Generally Available

Monitor Workflow Health and Customize

Messaging for In-App and Web with
Standard Client Events

Identify Top Conversation Drivers with

Einstein Conversation Mining in Messaging
for In-App and Web

Transfer Messaging Sessions and Send

Messaging Components in Messaging for
Mobile

Use Messaging for In-App and Web in

Developer Edition

102
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Send End User Information to an
Auto-Response Messaging Component URL
More Easily

Show Customers a Longer Typing Indicator

in Messaging for In-App and Web

Read Conversations More Easily with the

Resized Chat Bubble and Avatar in
Messaging for In-App and Web

Configure Routing More Easily in Enhanced

Messaging

Activate, Deactivate, and Refresh Enhanced

Messaging Channels

Improvements to the Send Message Action

Troubleshoot Faster with Translated Error

Messages

Delete Messaging Users Without Opening

a Support Case

Track Your KPIs with More Messaging

Session Metrics

Send Post-Chat Surveys More Easily in

Messaging for In-App and Web

Set App-Specific Consent Levels in Unified

Messaging

Send Subscription Content with the Send

Conversation Messages Invocable Action

Use Status-Based Capacity with Messaging

(Generally Available)

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer

Issues Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations for Messaging (Pilot)

Assist Agents and Optimize Business

Processes Based on the Sentiment and
Intent of Real-Time Messages (Pilot)

Scale Communication with Expanded

Session Limits

Add Messaging Components to a Package

103
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Bring Your Own Channel

Voice

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer

Issues Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations for Voice (Pilot)

Assist Agents and Optimize Business

Processes Based on the Sentiment and
Intent of Real-Time Conversations (Pilot)

Expand Your Contact Center Capabilities

with Integrated Voice and Messaging

Troubleshoot Errors and Retry Provisioning

Contact Centers with Detailed Error
Messages

Generate the Telephony Usage Report for

Billing Details (Beta)

Sync Phone Numbers Automatically for

Disaster Recovery

Get the Latest Enhancements for Your

Amazon Connect Contact Center

Customize the Partner Telephony Contact

Center Setup Experience with Partner Icons

Enhance Operational Efficiency by Syncing

Combined Messaging and Messaging
Queues with a CCaaS Partner System

Customize How Call Information Is

Organized with Sales Engagement

Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule

Name as Input to a Flow (Release Update)

Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All

Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)

Display Call Controls Only in Active

Omni-Channel Sessions

Perform Enhanced Call Type Analyses Using

Call Subtypes

Social Media

104
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Social Customer Service Starter Pack Is Being
Retired

Chat

Embedded Appointment Management Is

Being Retired

Embedded Flows Is Being Retired

Legacy Chat Is Being Retired

Channel-Object Linking

Authenticate Messaging for Web in Channel

Menu with User Verification

Knowledge

Integrate Knowledge and Unified

Knowledge with Data Cloud

Improve Generative AI Outcomes by

Ingesting Large File Content into Data
Cloud

Connect Unified Knowledge to More

Systems

Get More Done in the Lightning Article

Editor

Turn On Lightning Article Editor and

Article Personalization for Knowledge
(Release Update)

Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration

Tool

Entitlements and Milestones

Boost Service Efficiency by Automating

Milestone Actions with Flows

Employee Service

Simplify Information Access, Service

Requests, and Case Creation with
Employee Hub

Manage Employees and Inquiries

Effectively, and Resolve Cases Efficiently
with HR Service Workspace

105
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Overall

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
New and Changed Objects

Routing

Delivered Idea: Support Customers

While on the Go with Omni-Channel for
Mobile (Generally Available)

Pause Messaging Sessions with

Omni-Channel Status-Based Capacity
(Generally Available)

Get the Latest Omni-Channel Features

for Government Cloud Plus

Sync Queues for More Channel Types to

Partner Systems

Delivered Idea: Add a Description for

Queues

Prevent and Debug Ringer Issues by

Testing the Omni-Channel Notification
Sound

Feedback Management

Gain Contextual Insights with Unique

Post-Chat Survey Invitations

Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.

General Enhancements
Winter ’25 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience.
Salesforce Scheduler
Now you get enhanced Lobby Management capabilities with QR-based check-in for a seamless end-user experience, and your
service resources can declare their appointment capacity at the shift-work type level.
Einstein Search
Work faster, complete tasks directly from the search results, and get results that are most relevant to you. Use Search Manager and
Search Settings to configure search features and enhance results.
Salesforce Data Pipelines
Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in
Data Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose
issues. Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data.

106
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Salesforce Archive
Get to know Salesforce Archive.
Trust Site Enhancements
The Trust site is the single place to see the status of Salesforce services, upcoming availability impacting activities, and availability-related
communications. It now has links to additional product statuses.

General Enhancements
Winter ’25 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience.

Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View with New Foundational Features

Salesforce Foundations offers a suite of essential Sales, Service, Marketing, Commerce, and Data Cloud features. With one view of
your customer, your teams can create connected, personalized customer experiences that build stronger relationships. Functionality
and user experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use
To support users that block third-party cookies, test custom functionality and code that uses a Salesforce session cookie. Enable the
My Domain setting, Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies. When that setting is enabled, the new My Domain setting, Allow
cross-domain use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain, is enabled by default. That setting prevents potential issues with
features that preview content, emails, products, and more while Salesforce updates those features for blocked third-party cookies.
Add the New Setup Domain
Ensure that Setup pages in Lightning Experience load content correctly when browsers block third-party cookies. If your users have
general access to the internet, no action is required. If your company controls users’ or servers’ access to the internet through firewalls
or allowlists, your IT department must add *.salesforce-setup.com to the company’s list of allowed domains. Salesforce
Setup pages are now hosted on that domain.
Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address to Send Email (Release Update)
To comply with increased email security standards, orgs are required to create and verify a Default No-reply address in
Organization-Wide Email Address settings.
Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This
update improves performance when working with a large number of fields on a recod create or edit modal. You can now also use
Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages. You can also expect
post-save behavior changes for modals that are launched by a quick action. This update was first available in Summer ’24.
Get Flexible Access to Custom Apps with the Salesforce Platform Login License
The Salesforce Platform Login license allows you to assign access to custom apps built on Platform for internal users without the
requirement to buy a seat-based license. With the Salesforce Platform Login license, you can pay per daily unique login for users
who need infrequent or occasional access. Contact your account executive for more information on purchasing the Salesforce
Platform Login license.
Inbound Email Limit Increased
To deliver expected performance, we now limit the number of inbound emails that can be queued after you reach your daily email
limit. The number of emails that you can queue is equal to your daily email rate limit. After you reach the limit, inbound emails
bounce. Review your email services, and use the Requeue Message failure response option only for high-priority services.

107
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Review Your Integrations for a Change to Email Handling

To comply with the latest Request for Comments (RFC) standards, the local-part of contact email addresses is surrounded by quotation
marks if that part contains invalid dots. The local-part of an email comes before the @ symbol. An email address contains invalid
dots when the local-part contains more than one consecutive dot or a trailing dot.
Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services
Maps and location services uses Google Maps to display maps on standard address fields, enables creation of Visualforce maps, and
helps users enter new addresses with autocomplete. To use these features, add *.forceusercontent.com to any existing
allowlists for your network, firewalls, and proxies. Previously, that domain was erroneously included in the list of domains used only
in orgs without enhanced domains.
Sender ID Deprecated for Email Security Compliance
As part of a system-wide optimization of email security performance, Sender ID is no longer offered in Email Deliverability settings.

Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View with New Foundational Features

Improve your navigation experience with optional user interface updates designed to help you save time and focus on what matters
most. Updates include a unified Home app that helps you track your tasks (1), a vertical navigation bar for seamless app switching (2),
and Quick Settings for easy access to common setup tasks (3).

108
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

How: To start using these features, contact your Salesforce account executive.

SEE ALSO:
Get New Foundational Features for Sales Cloud Users
Get New Foundational Features for Service Cloud Users
Salesforce Help: Discover Salesforce Foundations

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use

To support users that block third-party cookies, test custom functionality and code that uses a Salesforce session cookie. Enable the My
Domain setting, Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies. When that setting is enabled, the new My Domain setting, Allow cross-domain
use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain, is enabled by default. That setting prevents potential issues with features that preview
content, emails, products, and more while Salesforce updates those features for blocked third-party cookies.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Both My Domain settings are enabled by default in Winter ’25 in sandboxes on these instances: USA796, USA794, USA246s,
USA222s, USA198s, USA196s, USA18s, USA16s, USA14s, USA12, USA10s, USA6s, and USA4s.
If your org isn’t on one of those instances, the Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies setting is unchanged in Winter ’25. When that
setting is enabled, the Allow cross-domain use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain setting is enabled by default.
Why: Chrome and other major web browsers block third-party cookies by default. Users can configure browsers to allow these cookies.
However, that practice can introduce security risks.
Third parties can’t access Salesforce cookies directly. And when your Setup pages are served on the salesforce-setup.com
domain, Classic pages can be loaded in Setup without an additional step. However, custom code or functionality that uses a Salesforce
session cookie can still be affected when browsers block third-party cookies.

109
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

How: To prevent third-party use of Salesforce cookies, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select My
Domain. In the Routing and Policies section, click Edit. Enable Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies, and save your changes.

We recommend that the Allow cross-domain use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain setting (2) is enabled whenever the
Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies setting (1) is enabled. Otherwise, features that use Lightning to frame the preview domain
no longer work.

Important: If the browser already blocks third-party cookies, both settings have no effect. Also, these settings only affect Salesforce
cookies. To test calls from Salesforce that use a third-party cookie, including third-party applications embedded in Salesforce,
disable third-party cookies in your browser.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Test the Impact of Blocked Salesforce Session Cookies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: View instance information for your Salesforce Organization

Add the New Setup Domain

Ensure that Setup pages in Lightning Experience load content correctly when browsers block third-party cookies. If your users have
general access to the internet, no action is required. If your company controls users’ or servers’ access to the internet through firewalls
or allowlists, your IT department must add *.salesforce-setup.com to the company’s list of allowed domains. Salesforce Setup
pages are now hosted on that domain.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: Setup pages move to the *.salesforce-setup.com domain through a staggered rollout. The rollout began in Spring
’24 and continues through Summer ’24 and Winter ’25. The change is first enabled in sandboxes and nonproduction orgs, and then in
production orgs.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: New Setup Domain Rollout FAQ
Salesforce Developers Blog: Prepare for the Google Chrome Privacy Sandbox Initiative
Salesforce Help: Allow the Required Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

110
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address to Send
Email (Release Update)
To comply with increased email security standards, orgs are required to create and verify a Default No-reply address in Organization-Wide
Email Address settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all Editions, except Database.com.
When: This update was introduced with Summer ’24 and Salesforce is scheduled to enforce it in Winter ’25. To get the major release
upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: The verified Default No-Reply organization-wide email address is used to send emails from your org. This update allows increased
accountability for email deliverability.
How: In order to comply with increased email security standards, some emails will fail to be sent when lacking a customer defined
Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Default No-Reply Email Address (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: A verified email address is used to send emails from your account. This update allows increased accountability and security for
email deliverability.
How: To comply with increased email security standards, emails fail to send from the return email address in My Email Settings until the
address is verified. Instruct all users to visit their My Email Settings. Users can manually verify their email addresses by selecting Resend
Verification Email and clicking the link in the email. If the resend option is unavailable, the return address is already verified. Users
receive a verification email once per release until Spring ’25. The email includes the verification link.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Your Email Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)

As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This update
improves performance when working with a large number of fields on a recod create or edit modal. You can now also use Dynamic
Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages. You can also expect post-save
behavior changes for modals that are launched by a quick action. This update was first available in Summer ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and then click the maintenance tab.

111
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

How: For LWC quick actions that open a stacked modal for record creation, you’re returned to the record page after record save. For
non-stacked LWC quick actions and Aura quick actions, you are redirected to the newly created record page after record save.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Enable
LWC Stacked Modals, follow the testing and activation steps.

Note: When working with actions, using Dynamic Forms via a Create from Lookup field is supported only for standard actions.
Other types of actions, such as default actions and custom quick actions, continue to use information from the page layout.
If you use custom quick actions, consider these guidelines.
• Aura quick actions—Modals launched by Aura quick actions redirect you to the newly created record page after record save. If
you used force:createRecord, consider using an LWC quick action instead. Use the lightning/navigation module
to configure post-save navigation to return you back to the original record page that launched the quick action.
• LWC quick actions—When using the lightning/navigation module, the newer modal overlays and stacks on the previous
modal by default. To automatically close the previous modal when navigating, set replace to true. When replace is true,
post-save navigation redirects you to the newly created record.
This table shows post-save navigation behavior with the release update enabled as compared to its previous behavior.

Enable LWC Stacked Modal LWC Stacked Modal Example

Release Update Release Update Not
Enabled
Create from Lookup Returns back Returns back On a contact page, click the Edit
action. On the Account Name
field, click New Account. A
stacked modal for new account
creation is displayed.

Default Action Returns back Returns back On an account page, click the
New Case action. A modal for
new case creation is displayed.

LWC Quick Action (stacked) Returns back Returns back Add an LWC quick action to a
contact page. The quick action
launches a modal, which
contains a button that launches
another modal using
lightning/navigation.

LWC Quick Action (not stacked) Redirects to newly created Redirects to newly created Add an LWC quick action to a
record page record page contact page. The quick action
launches a modal.

Aura Quick Action (not stacked) Redirects to newly created Returns back Add an Aura (Lightning
record page Component) quick action to a
contact page. The quick action
creates a case using a
lightning:recordEditForm
base component.

112
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Note: Modals that are launched by Aura quick actions are not stacked. For example, if you launch a modal using an Aura quick
action, and then launch another modal using force:createRecord, the previous modal is closed automatically and the
newer modal is not stacked.
force:createRecord launches an LWC-based modal if you pass in an LWC-enabled object. For example, if you call
force:createRecord from an Aura quick action, the modal that's displayed follows post-save navigation behavior of an
LWC quick action (not stacked).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Break Up Your Record Details with Dynamic Forms
Salesforce Help: Quick Actions
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Supported Objects for LWC

Get Flexible Access to Custom Apps with the Salesforce Platform Login License
The Salesforce Platform Login license allows you to assign access to custom apps built on Platform for internal users without the
requirement to buy a seat-based license. With the Salesforce Platform Login license, you can pay per daily unique login for users who
need infrequent or occasional access. Contact your account executive for more information on purchasing the Salesforce Platform Login
license.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: The Salesforce Platform Login license is available October 15, 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Standard User Licenses (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Inbound Email Limit Increased

To deliver expected performance, we now limit the number of inbound emails that can be queued after you reach your daily email limit.
The number of emails that you can queue is equal to your daily email rate limit. After you reach the limit, inbound emails bounce. Review
your email services, and use the Requeue Message failure response option only for high-priority services.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: For example, if you have 10 Salesforce licenses, you can receive 10,000 inbound emails before you reach your daily limit. When
you reach that limit, additional inbound emails are queued for processing if the failure response option on the email service is Requeue
Message. After 10,000 emails are queued, all additional inbound emails for that day bounce.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define Email Services (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Review Your Integrations for a Change to Email Handling

113
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Scheduler

This change preserves your ability to send emails to addresses that contain invalid dots in the local-part. To accommodate this, email
addresses are converted to a legal format by surrounding the local-part with quotation marks.
Here are examples of changes to email addresses.
• [email protected] is now "consecutive..dots"@example.com.
How: Review your integrations that use the Email field to accommodate this change.
• [email protected] is now "trailingdot."@example.com.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Your Email Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Email Address Validation

Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services

Maps and location services uses Google Maps to display maps on standard address fields, enables creation of Visualforce maps, and
helps users enter new addresses with autocomplete. To use these features, add *.forceusercontent.com to any existing
allowlists for your network, firewalls, and proxies. Previously, that domain was erroneously included in the list of domains used only in
orgs without enhanced domains.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Provide Maps and Location Services (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Allow the Required Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enhanced Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sender ID Deprecated for Email Security Compliance

As part of a system-wide optimization of email security performance, Sender ID is no longer offered in Email Deliverability settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com.
Why: If your Salesforce org is created in Winter ’25 or later, you can’t enable Sender ID compliance in Email Deliverability Settings.
Technological enhancements and operational efficiency simplify email authentication processes and replaced Sender ID functionality.
This change is a result of RFC7208 (Request for Comments), published in 2015.
How: If you’re using Sender ID, you don’t need to make any changes. Integrations that use Sender ID continue to work after Summer
’24. Sender ID records are identified by their v=spf2.0 prefix. A record that starts with this prefix can’t be used.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Email Security Compliance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
External Link: Information on RFC 7208

Salesforce Scheduler
Now you get enhanced Lobby Management capabilities with QR-based check-in for a seamless end-user experience, and your service
resources can declare their appointment capacity at the shift-work type level.

114
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Search

Manage Service Resource Capacity at the Shift Level

Better manage your service resources and make sure that they have the capacity to meet customer needs by letting them define
the number of appointments that they can handle at a shift level. Territory managers can now view their capacity at the Work type
level for their territory and see the contribution from different service resources.
Verify Your Queue Position with QR-Code-Based Check-In
Manage drop-in traffic at business locations more efficiently with a QR-code-based check-in mechanism. Customers can also check
in to a waitlist through the QR-code-based check-in mechanism. They can view where they are in the queue and use their email to
track their queue position. Greeters can move customers to the front or back of the queue based on need. Customers who can't
make it to their appointment can move themselves to the end of the line or cancel their appointment.
Easily Notify Waitlist Participants Through Email
Notify waitlist participants that a drop in appointment is scheduled for them with the new Service Appointment Enrollment
Confirmation Email template.

Manage Service Resource Capacity at the Shift Level

Verify Your Queue Position with QR-Code-Based Check-In

Manage drop-in traffic at business locations more efficiently with a QR-code-based check-in mechanism. Customers can also check in
to a waitlist through the QR-code-based check-in mechanism. They can view where they are in the queue and use their email to track
their queue position. Greeters can move customers to the front or back of the queue based on need. Customers who can't make it to
their appointment can move themselves to the end of the line or cancel their appointment.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Core.
How: Scan the QR-code and check yourself in to a waitlist. You can also change your waitlist position or exit the waitlist as needed.

Easily Notify Waitlist Participants Through Email

Notify waitlist participants that a drop in appointment is scheduled for them with the new Service Appointment Enrollment Confirmation
Email template.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled.
How: To enable the new email template, find and select Salesforce Scheduler Settings.
• If you're new to Salesforce Scheduler, enable Drop In Appointments.
• If you've previously enabled Drop In Appointments, disable and then enable the feature.

Einstein Search
Work faster, complete tasks directly from the search results, and get results that are most relevant to you. Use Search Manager and Search
Settings to configure search features and enhance results.
Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Represented exclusively by Greenlight.

115
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

Search Query Limit Is Applied to Improve Performance

To ensure fair access for all users and protect against service disruptions, the number of search queries for each user is limited to 3,000
queries and 200,000 milliseconds cumulative CPU time within a 5-minute interval. When a user exceeds the limit, an error message is
displayed.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Search Query Limits (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Data Pipelines

Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in Data
Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose issues.
Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data.

116
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

Other Enhancements to Data Pipelines

Learn about other important improvements to enrich your recipes in Data Pipelines.
Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)
Easily analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice by importing the data into Data
Cloud using the Platform Events connector pilot.
Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed
Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect
with Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Snowflake VPC Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Secure Cross-Cloud Integrations with Private Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)

Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data Manager,
they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Recipes View Only permission is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission, and select Permission Sets. Select or create a permission set. Click
System Permissions, and select Recipes View Only (BETA).
When users visit Data Manager and click a recipe name, they can view the recipe’s details in the recipe editor.

117
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learn About Data Pipelines User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Open and Edit a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections

Ensure Google BigQuery costs are correctly allocated by adding a project billing ID when you create your connection. Google BigQuery
and Google BigQuery Standard SQL connections now support compute and storage separation, providing for splitting CPU from storage
costs so that you can allocate your internal costs to the correct department.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Google BigQuery for Legacy SQL Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Google BigQuery Standard SQL Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager

Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and dataflows.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In Data Manager, open a job with warnings. In the status column, click Warning, and then click Job Details to download the
log.

118
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor a Data Sync Job (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the Output
node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire dataset
when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add an input node
for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing Dataset (Append)
option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to use to format dates.
You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the snapshot data schema
changes.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Existing Dataset (Append) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: Select the Existing Dataset (Append) option in the output node.

119
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Output Node: Write Recipe Results to a Dataset or External System(can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Other Enhancements to Data Pipelines

Learn about other important improvements to enrich your recipes in Data Pipelines.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)

Easily analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice by importing the data into Data Cloud
using the Platform Events connector pilot.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions where Event Monitoring is enabled.

Note: This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: The event data that’s available to import with this connector is only available to customers who have purchased the Salesforce
Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.

120
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Archive

How: From Other Connectors in Setup, click New. Then select Platform Events (Pilot) and click Next and fill out the name field in
the window. The events that are available to import include ListViewEventStream, FileEvent, ApiEventStream, LoginEventStream, and
ReportEventStream.

SEE ALSO:
Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed

Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect with
Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

SEE ALSO:
Google Analytics 4 Connection
Google Analytics 4 has replaced Universal Analytics

Salesforce Archive
Get to know Salesforce Archive.

Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot)

Optimize for speed and efficiency as your business data grows. Archive expired or unused records in an external, low-cost data store.
Visualize the records in your data store directly from your Salesforce org. Automate data cleanup with recurring archive jobs. Salesforce
Archive is your native solution to unchecked data bloat, a time and cost saver for your data-dominant business.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. When Salesforce
Archive becomes generally available, you can use it in production and sandbox environments. Currently, the product is available only
in sandboxes as a pilot.

Note: Salesforce Archive is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: As of November 2024, the Salesforce Archive pilot is available to customers on most Salesforce instances. The remaining
unsupported instances are:
• South Korea: kor* instances
• Indonesia: idn* instances
• Brazil: bra* instances
• Middle East: are* instances
To find out your org instance, go to Company Information in Setup, or contact your account executive.

121
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Trust Site Enhancements

Why: Excess data stored in your org can bog down processing times, inflate storage costs, and degrade information accuracy. But for
records that you occasionally need or that you’re required to maintain for regulatory compliance, hard deletion isn’t the answer. That’s
why we built a native archive solution to enhance your Salesforce implementation.
Benefits and use cases:
• Boost Salesforce query and reporting performance.
• Improve user productivity with shorter processing times.
• Reduce storage footprint and costs.
• Avoid record redundancies and inconsistencies.
• Preserve historical data for future reference and trend analysis.
• Ensure compliance with data retention regulations.
How: When it’s released for production use, Salesforce Archive is purchased as an add-on license. For pricing information, contact your
account executive.
To archive Salesforce records, create and execute Archive policies. You decide when and how often Archive policies run, which objects
they scan, and which records and files they act on. You can also view and manage job sessions for Archive policies. To view archived
data directly from the Salesforce UI, set up your data store with Salesforce Connect.

Trust Site Enhancements

The Trust site is the single place to see the status of Salesforce services, upcoming availability impacting activities, and availability-related
communications. It now has links to additional product statuses.
Where: These changes apply to Trust.salesforce.com and Status.salesforce.com.
Why: To improve the experience for our customers, the Trust site includes a link to the status site of the newly acquired Spiff. The Status
site includes support for MuleSoft for Canadian Hyperforce customers and support for Tableau.

Release Updates
Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release
Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing
customizations.
Every time a release update is created, it gets scheduled to be enforced in a future release. We announce each update and its schedule
here as soon as that schedule is known, but occasionally, updates are postponed or canceled. If that happens, we let you know in the
section that describes that specific release update.
Often, release updates provide a Test Run option so you can enable an update and examine any changes to your org, including changes
to customizations, before that update’s Complete Steps By date. You can view attachments in the Salesforce mobile app, but you can’t
edit them.
To view release updates, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select Release Updates.

Enforced with This Release

These updates are scheduled to be enforced this release.
Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address to Send Email (Release Update)
To comply with increased email security standards, orgs are required to create and verify a Default No-reply address in
Organization-Wide Email Address settings.

122
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Disable Access to Session IDs in Flows (Release Update)

Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Winter ’24. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. To improve security, this update prevents flow interviews from resolving the
$Api.Session_ID variable at run time. Previously, when a flow screen included the $Api.Session_ID variable, the browser session ID
of the user that ran the flow appeared on the screen. A user was able to employ the session ID to bypass security controls.
Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to Respect Organization-Wide Profile Settings (Release Update)
With this update enabled, the Send Email invocable action adheres to organization-wide email address profile settings. This update
was first made available in Summer ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date
to Winter ’25.
Enable Partial Save for Invocable Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’20. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. This critical update improves the behaviors and effects of failed invocable actions.
It only affects external REST API calls to invocable actions done in bulk. With this update, when invoking a set of actions in a single
request, a single failed invocable action no longer causes the entire transaction to fail. Without this update, if a single invocable
action fails, other invocable actions within the transaction are rolled back and the entire transaction fails.
Make Flows Respect Access Modifiers for Legacy Apex Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’21. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25.With this release update enabled, developers can trust that their legacy Apex
actions are properly protected and available only to other components in their managed packages. This update makes a flow fail if
it contains a public legacy Apex action.
Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule Name as Input to a Flow (Release Update)
This release update adds a new ruleDevName flow input parameter that’s sent to Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched
flows linked to the Conversation Intelligence rule. The input parameter contains the developer name of the rule. This update was
first made available in Spring ’24.
Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests (Release Update)
After Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests is enabled, guest users can approve or reject an approval
request. Guest users are no longer able to edit, reassign, or delete approval requests. This update was first available in Winter ’23 and
enforcement was scheduled for Summer ’23. We then postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’24 and postponed again to Winter
’25.
Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
If you’re syncing leads from LinkedIn Lead Forms to Salesforce, you must manually disconnect your LinkedIn account, reconfigure
the feature by enabling a new setting, and then reconnect your account. Otherwise, LinkedIn leads will stop syncing when LinkedIn
retires their legacy Ads Lead Sync APIs on December 16, 2024. This update is available starting in Winter ’25.
Run Flows in Bot User Context (Release Update)
With this update enabled, a flow initiated by a bot runs in user context. The user profile and permission sets associated with the bot,
as well as any sharing rules, determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow. This update prevents flows initiated
by a bot from creating, reading, updating, or deleting records that the bot doesn’t have permission to access or modify. Previously,
a flow initiated by a bot ran in system context and had permission to access and modify all data. This update was first made available
in Summer ’23 and is enforced in Winter ’25.
Run Flows in User Context via REST API (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’22. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your

123
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25.With this update, a flow that runs via REST API uses the running user’s profile and
permission sets to determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow.
Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release Update)
Unlock a richer and more user-friendly experience with the new Lightning Article Editor. And with Article Personalization, your
knowledge content supports agent productivity specific to your business needs.
Use REST API for Access to External Client App OAuth Consumer Credentials (Release Update) on page 769
To follow recommended security standards, use the new credentials Connect REST API resource instead of Metadata API to
access External Client App OAuth consumer credentials.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Spring ’25

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users (Release Update)
In Spring ’25, the Sales Engagement Basic User permission set no longer includes access to Einstein Activity Capture. Assign the
Standard Einstein Activity Capture permission set to users who currently have access to Einstein Activity Capture through the Sales
Engagement Basic User permission set or a clone.
Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)
To conduct business wherever you are, adopt the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats. Locales control the
formats for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The
ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications
across the globe. When you enable this update, the ICU locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats
in Salesforce. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and will be enforced on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’24.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This
update provides improved performance, especially when working with a large number of fields on a record create or edit modal.
You can now also use Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages.
When you enable this update, you can expect minor changes to modal behavior. This update was first available in Summer ’24 and
will be enforced in Spring '25.
Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release Update)
To protect your users and network, apply stricter validation to the flow URL parameter that determines where you redirect users
after they complete a screen flow. With stricter validation, Salesforce blocks requests to redirect users to URLs that don’t meet the
additional validation requirements unless they’re on your list of trusted URLs in Setup. When Salesforce blocks a request, users see
an invalid-page redirection error. This update is available starting in Spring ’25.
Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs (Release Update)
This update enables permission requirements to be enforced for file-based Apex classes that are used as inputs for Apex actions. It
also guarantees that the affected Apex action operates within the current component context. Currently, Apex actions rely on the
previous component context. This behavior leads to failed flow interviews when the flow includes an Apex action that contains a
file-based Apex class with permission requirements as input.
Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)
This update preserves data integrity by rolling back transactions that end in an exception. When you execute an Apex action using
REST API, the API doesn’t change Salesforce data if that exception occurs. This update, originally named Enforce Rollbacks for Custom
Invocable Action Exceptions in Connect REST API, was first made available in Spring ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring
’24, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’25.

124
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your organization’s list of roles
when they edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If your organization doesn’t use roles, this update
has no impact.
Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update) on page 767
If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports
single sign-on (SSO) with only one external identity provider. With this release update, we’re removing support for the
single-configuration SAML framework and supporting only the multiple-configuration SAML framework. To preserve your existing
configuration, follow the steps to apply this update. If you don’t, your SSO configuration stops working when this update is enforced.
This update was first made available in Spring ’24. It was scheduled to be enforced for all instances in Summer ’24. We enforced it
for sandboxes in Summer ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date for production instances to Spring ’25.
Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update)
This update enables Apex batch action results to be displayed in the order the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests
are prioritized at the top of the result list, while successful ones are positioned at the bottom.
Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)
This release update adds a new intelligenceSignals flow input parameter that contains detected conversation intelligence signals.
Use this Apex-defined input parameter for your Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched flows linked to a Conversation
Intelligence rule. This update was first made available as of in Summer ’24.
Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)
This update removes the ability to specify a flex prompt template type from a template-triggered prompt flow. Instead, create
template-triggered prompt flows that use manual inputs because the flows aren’t limited to a single prompt template type. You
must update existing flows that reference flex prompt template types to use manual inputs. This update is available starting in Winter
’25.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’25

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’25. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record Values in Process Builder (Release Update)
This update fixes a bug with the evaluation criteria in processes that have multiple criteria and a record update. This release update
ensures that a process with multiple criteria and a record update evaluates the original value of the field that began the process with
a value of null. This update was first made available in Summer ’19.
Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is
now postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting
in Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint
is deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.
Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Salesforce is upgrading its SAML framework as part of regular ongoing maintenance. This maintenance update improves Salesforce’s
security posture, and as a result, improves your security posture. This update can impact integrations that use SAML, including single
sign-on (SSO) and single logout. This update is visible starting in Winter ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25, but we
postponed the enforcement date to Summer ’25. To avoid potential service interruptions, test your SAML integrations as soon as
Summer ’25 sandboxes become available.

125
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Winter ’26

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’26. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available
in Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.
Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update)
This update was first made available in Winter ’24 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25, but we postponed the enforcement
to Winter ’26. With this update enabled, Salesforce restricts a user’s ability to run a flow. A user must be granted the correct profile
or permission set to run the flow. When enabled, this release update deprecates the FlowSites org permission, which gave all users
in the org access to run any flow. With this update, flows run more securely because only users who are granted correct profiles or
permission sets can run flows. Salesforce postponed the enforcement to allow additional time for admins to test and prepare for
the change. There is no impact to admins who already enabled the update. We appreciate your adoption of this change.

Recommended But Not Enforced

Salesforce strongly recommends enabling these updates, but won’t enforce them. This list can include newly recommended updates
or previously announced updates that will no longer be enforced.
Capture Prompt and Accurate Order Details with New Order Save Behavior (Release Update)
When you update an order product, the New Order Save Behavior uses custom application logic to update the parent order. Custom
application logic consists of validation rules, apex triggers and classes, workflow rules, and flows. You can choose to enable or disable
this feature. However, we recommend that you enable it. Starting Winter ‘25, this feature is enabled by default for new customer
orgs. Previously, users needed additional customizations to enforce custom applications on orders and order products. Also, Salesforce
didn’t correctly evaluate custom application logic on the parent record.
Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches a Flow (Release Update)
This update was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25. Starting Winter ’25, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we
recommend that you enable it. When this update is enabled, an autolaunched flow that runs in the default context enforces sharing
rules when an Apex class launches the flow. To enforce sharing, the Apex class must be declared using the with sharing keyword.
This update was available starting in Spring ’24. If you don’t enable this update, you can now alternatively enforce sharing rules when
you run the flow or Apex on API version 62.0 or later. You can test and adopt run-time behavior changes for individual flows at your
convenience.

Canceled Updates
These updates were announced in a previous release but are now canceled. They were removed from the Release Updates node and
aren’t enforced. The list can include previously announced and previously postponed release updates.
Adopt Updated Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives (Release Update)
This update is canceled. Salesforce isn’t enforcing the Adopt updated CSP directives setting at this time. However, to help protect
your org from cross-site scripting and other code-injection attacks, we continue to encourage you to enable that setting now. To
help you adopt this change, Salesforce plans to improve the reporting on restricted frames, images, and fonts in a future release.
When that reporting is available, Salesforce plans to introduce a new release update to enforce the setting.

126
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Analytics

No Scheduled Enforcement Date

These updates have no planned enforcement date at this time. The list can include previously announced and previously postponed
release updates.
Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email Threading Behavior (Release Update) on page 808
This update turns off Ref ID threading and transitions to Lightning threading in Email-to-Case. With the new Email-to-Case threading
behavior, incoming emails aren’t matched using Ref IDs. Instead, they’re matched using a secure token in the email subject or body.
If no match is found, Email-to-Case checks metadata from the email headers. This update was first available in Winter ‘21 and has
no scheduled enforcement date.
Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally Available) (Release Update) on page 807
When enabled, this release update replaces the email editor in the docked and case feed email composers. This update was generally
available in Lightning Experience in Spring ‘24 and has no scheduled enforcement date.

Unified Analytics Experiences

Export data from a CRM Analytics lens or widget built on a Data Cloud data model object.
Lightning Reports and Dashboards
Build report formulas with assistance from Einstein. Create effective report types with ease in the enhanced custom report type beta.
Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards
Create reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) faster. Control which DMO reports include smart totals. Easily
review the earliest and latest values on date fields (beta).
CRM Analytics
Fine-tune dashboard appearance and usability with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder. Connect to secure data
sources with support for Virtual Private Connections on Snowflake. Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new
CRM Analytics Connect API Postman collection.
Intelligent Analytics Apps
Discover new opportunities and improve sales performance with enhanced Revenue Intelligence white space analysis. Keep your
operations running smoothly with the Field Service Intelligence Parts and Inventory dashboard. Set a default SLA for all Service
Intelligence Omni-Channel routing queues and customize times for up to ten specific queues.
Einstein Discovery
Externally built models are retired.
Tableau
Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed
them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data
exploration.
Marketing Cloud Intelligence
Connect, harmonize, visualize, and act on your marketing data to optimize performance within campaigns, discover insights in
real-time, and then act on them.
Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics
Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible.

127
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Unified Analytics Experiences

Unified Analytics Experiences

Export data from a CRM Analytics lens or widget built on a Data Cloud data model object.

Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM Analytics Assets (Beta)

Now you can export the results from a query on a Data Cloud data model object (DMO) to a CSV file. You can export up to 32 MB
depending on the structure of the CSV table. Exporting data from a lens or widget backed by Direct Data for Data Cloud works the same
as other CRM Analytics data exports, which are done from the Share or Download window.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. The change also applies to
CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in
Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Export from Direct Data for Data Cloud is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: To get started with this beta feature, contact Salesforce Support.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data Cloud Tips and Limitations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Build report formulas with assistance from Einstein. Create effective report types with ease in the enhanced custom report type beta.

Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning Reports with Einstein Generative AI

Customizing reports to meet your business needs is easier when Einstein Report Formula Generation assists with the technical work
of creating row-level and summary formulas. Describe a calculation in simple terms, and Einstein discovers the relevant data and
suggests a formula. Previously, constructing formulas for calculated fields required expertise in data models, objects and fields,
available functions, and the various limitations of data types and formula types.
Do More with Custom Report Types (Beta)
Find your report types more easily, and create personalized list views of your custom report types using the improved Custom Report
page in Setup. Edit report details and modify object relationships on the summary page, which now has a more compact layout.
The redesigned report type layout editor provides more flexibility when managing custom fields and sections. And you can add up
to 1,000 fields in the report type layout using lookup fields.

128
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning Reports with Einstein Generative AI

Customizing reports to meet your business needs is easier when Einstein Report Formula Generation assists with the technical work of
creating row-level and summary formulas. Describe a calculation in simple terms, and Einstein discovers the relevant data and suggests
a formula. Previously, constructing formulas for calculated fields required expertise in data models, objects and fields, available functions,
and the various limitations of data types and formula types.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein 1 Sales
Edition or Einstein 1 Service Edition and the DC Report GPT add-on. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Einstein Setup, and then select it. Enable Turn on Einstein.
When editing a report, select Create Formula in the Fields panel, or select Add Summary Formula or Add Row-Level Formula in
the Columns menu.

In the formula builder, on the Einstein tab (1), describe the calculation that you want (2). You can ask questions such as, “How many
days did it take each opportunity to close?” or “After deducting taxes and expenses, what are our net earnings?” If the Einstein formula
looks good, click Insert Formula (3) and Einstein fills in all the fields for you (4).

129
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Feedback can help us improve, and it’s greatly appreciated. Access the thumbs up and thumbs down icons by hovering on Einstein’s
response.

Do More with Custom Report Types (Beta)

Find your report types more easily, and create personalized list views of your custom report types using the improved Custom Report
page in Setup. Edit report details and modify object relationships on the summary page, which now has a more compact layout. The
redesigned report type layout editor provides more flexibility when managing custom fields and sections. And you can add up to 1,000
fields in the report type layout using lookup fields.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.

Note: Enhanced Custom Report Setup page is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Reports and Dashboards Settings. Select Enhanced Custom
Report Type Setup Page (Beta).
Then, in the Quick Find box, search for and select Report Types.

130
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

On the summary page of your custom report type, click Edit Layout.

From the Fields panel (1), drag fields to the appropriate section. In the report section (2), search for fields, move them, view their details,
and customize their display names. Click Lookup Fields (3) to find fields and add them to the report type.

131
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Custom Report Type (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Create reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) faster. Control which DMO reports include smart totals. Easily
review the earliest and latest values on date fields (beta).

Create Data Cloud Reports with a Single Click

Analyze and build standard reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) directly in the flow of work. You can now
create these reports from the Calculated Insights or DMO list view or the object’s record page. Previously, you could create these
reports only from the Reports tab.
Include Smart Totals Only in the Reports You Want
You can now choose to apply or turn off smart totals for reports and charts on data model objects (DMOs). For example, in a Sales
Order DMO report, enable smart totals to ensure that each line item in the sales order is included in subtotals and grand totals only
once. Or, turn off smart totals in a report that shows total website visit duration by individual so that the report includes all visits by
an individual. Previously, smart totaling was enabled in all Data Cloud reports.

132
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for Date Fields (Beta)

Surface the earliest and latest values of a date, datetime, or row-level formula field with these data types in a data model object
(DMO) report. You can also review the min and max aggregates for each report grouping. For example, in a Sales Order DMO report
that’s grouped by fiscal quarter, include the min and max aggregates for the Created Date field to identify sales cycle trends. Or,
quickly find the latest payment due date across all orders with the max value of the formula field that calculates due dates based on
the Created Date field.
Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)
Build a standard Data Cloud report on a semantic model to discover actionable insights from up to 20 Data Cloud objects
simultaneously. Previously, you could include up to four objects in a Data Cloud report. When you create a report on a semantic
model, the Report Builder preserves the model’s objects, such as calculated fields, metrics, and logical views. It also maintains existing
relationships and joins between the objects in the model. You can then easily visualize the data as a chart, group the report on fields,
apply advanced filters, and add the report as a widget to a dashboard.

Create Data Cloud Reports with a Single Click

Alternatively, open the calculated insight or DMO, and click Create Report.

133
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Standard Report on Data Cloud Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Include Smart Totals Only in the Reports You Want

You can now choose to apply or turn off smart totals for reports and charts on data model objects (DMOs). For example, in a Sales Order
DMO report, enable smart totals to ensure that each line item in the sales order is included in subtotals and grand totals only once. Or,
turn off smart totals in a report that shows total website visit duration by individual so that the report includes all visits by an individual.
Previously, smart totaling was enabled in all Data Cloud reports.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To apply or turn off smart totals, use the toggle in the report footer.

134
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for Date Fields (Beta)

Note: Minimum and Maximum Aggregations on Date Fields in Data Cloud Reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the
Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable
terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and Dashboard Settings, and then select Enable minimum and
maximum aggregations on date fields in reports (Beta).
To add the aggregates, select the column in the Fields panel. Select the aggregates and click Apply.

Alternatively, in Report Builder, click next to a field name, select Summarize, and select the aggregates.

135
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

136
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)

Build a standard Data Cloud report on a semantic model to discover actionable insights from up to 20 Data Cloud objects simultaneously.
Previously, you could include up to four objects in a Data Cloud report. When you create a report on a semantic model, the Report Builder
preserves the model’s objects, such as calculated fields, metrics, and logical views. It also maintains existing relationships and joins
between the objects in the model. You can then easily visualize the data as a chart, group the report on fields, apply advanced filters,
and add the report as a widget to a dashboard.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.
When: This feature is available starting in November 2024.
How: To let users create reports on semantic models, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Reports and Dashboards
Settings. Select Enable reports on semantic data models (Beta).
To create a report, on the Reports tab, click New Report. In the report category, select Semantic Data Models as the record type, and
click Start Report.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Tableau Semantics Authoring Guide (Closed Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

137
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

CRM Analytics
Fine-tune dashboard appearance and usability with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder. Connect to secure data
sources with support for Virtual Private Connections on Snowflake. Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new CRM
Analytics Connect API Postman collection.

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. Meet data compliance and regulatory
requirements with the new confidentiality notice in image downloads and data exports. Fine-tune dashboard appearance and
usability with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder.
Prebuilt and Industry Analytics Apps
The improved Adoption Analytics app contains improvements to the lookback period and ‘users with no interactions’ field. Additionally,
we fixed a bug that allowed non-saved assets into the WaveChangeEA dataset.
Analytics Data Integration
Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in
Data Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose
issues. Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data. Restrict data access using Territory Management 2.0 data
in security predicates.
CRM Analytics Development
Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new CRM Analytics Connect API Postman collection.

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

Download Directly from Dashboard Widget Action Menus

Download an image or export data directly from a widget menu without going through the Share option. The Share window still
has a Download tab, but now you can take the faster path to that same Download dialog. The Download action is also available in
widget menus of embedded CRM Analytics dashboards.
Mark Downloaded Images and Exported Data as Confidential
Meet data compliance and regulatory requirements with the new confidentiality notice. Remind coworkers of data confidentiality
with a notice that appears in the Download window and on all downloaded images and exported data.
Add Greater Precision to Your Queries with More Filter Operators
Refine your data queries to tailor your results with expanded filter operators that include Does Not Contain, Does Not Start With,
Ends With, and Does not End With. For example, use the Ends With condition to retrieve data that ends with a selected string instead
of additional coding.
Control Tooltip Visibility on Link Widgets
You can now disable tooltips for Link widgets to reduce visual distractions and improve focus.
Make Dashboard Metrics Stand Out with Number Widget Enhancements
Customize the appearance of your dashboard metrics using the new formatting and tooltip visibility features. You can now add italic
formatting to bring attention to important dashboard metrics, and turn off metric tooltips to limit distractions.

138
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Manage Action Menus on the Repeater Widget

You can now disable action menus on Repeater widgets to reduce dashboard maintenance and give dashboard users a simplified
dashboard interaction.
Get More Table Widget Options with Header Formatting and Column Sorting
Table widget properties now include header text alignment and formatting to make your data stand out more. Also, you can sort
table widgets that have query interactions.
Launch a Flow with a Dashboard Interaction (Generally Available)
Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. For example, on a dashboard that tracks
cases, design a text widget that launches your customer help request screen flow with a single click. The flow interaction passes
dynamic values to the screen flow, so users don't have to leave your dashboard to do their work. Flow interactions are available only
for the text widget.
Explore Multiple Data Model Objects in Direct Data Using Joins (Generally Available)
It’s now easier to analyze data model object (DMO) records where the data is normalized and related information resides in separate
DMOs. To explore and draw insights from multiple DMOs simultaneously, join these objects in a single dashboard query. Direct Data
for Data Cloud now supports four types of joins on data model objects with defined relationships between them. You can also filter
the joined data and highlight the records that matter with conditional formatting. Previously, you wrote custom SQL queries to
analyze data in multiple DMOs.

Download Directly from Dashboard Widget Action Menus

139
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

To add the Download action to embedded dashboard widgets, select Include Share and Download Options in the component
settings panel of the Lightning App Builder.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Download CRM Analytics Images and Export Filtered Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Downloading Data from CRM Analytics (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Mark Downloaded Images and Exported Data as Confidential

Meet data compliance and regulatory requirements with the new confidentiality notice. Remind coworkers of data confidentiality with
a notice that appears in the Download window and on all downloaded images and exported data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, and then select Settings. Enable Include the “Confidential Information
- Do Not Distribute” disclaimer message on data exports.

140
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Add Greater Precision to Your Queries with More Filter Operators

Refine your data queries to tailor your results with expanded filter operators that include Does Not Contain, Does Not Start With, Ends
With, and Does not End With. For example, use the Ends With condition to retrieve data that ends with a selected string instead of
additional coding.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Select the Operator dropdown menu in the widget Filters panel.

141
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Control Tooltip Visibility on Link Widgets

You can now disable tooltips for Link widgets to reduce visual distractions and improve focus.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the widget properties, select URL from the Link To menu, and go to Tooltip.
None disables the tooltip when hovering over the link widget. Default displays a link to an external url. Custom displays user-defined
text. The tooltip isn't displayed if no text is added.

142
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Make Dashboard Metrics Stand Out with Number Widget Enhancements

Customize the appearance of your dashboard metrics using the new formatting and tooltip visibility features. You can now add italic
formatting to bring attention to important dashboard metrics, and turn off metric tooltips to limit distractions.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To apply formatting to a Number widget, go to Widget properties.

To turn off tooltips, deselect Show Title tooltip.

143
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Manage Action Menus on the Repeater Widget

You can now disable action menus on Repeater widgets to reduce dashboard maintenance and give dashboard users a simplified
dashboard interaction.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In Widget properties, deleselect Show widget actions.

Get More Table Widget Options with Header Formatting and Column Sorting
Table widget properties now include header text alignment and formatting to make your data stand out more. Also, you can sort table
widgets that have query interactions.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To format a table header, go to Widget properties and expand Header.
You can align header text left, right, or center of the column (1). Use italics (2), or add an underline (3).

144
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Launch a Flow with a Dashboard Interaction (Generally Available)

Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. For example, on a dashboard that tracks cases,
design a text widget that launches your customer help request screen flow with a single click. The flow interaction passes dynamic values
to the screen flow, so users don't have to leave your dashboard to do their work. Flow interactions are available only for the text widget.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the dashboard editor, select the text widget that you want to add a flow interaction for. On the Interactions tab on the Widget
Properties panel, click Add Action to add a Start a Flow action using your custom screen or autolaunched flow.

145
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure a Start a Flow Action (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Explore Multiple Data Model Objects in Direct Data Using Joins (Generally Available)
It’s now easier to analyze data model object (DMO) records where the data is normalized and related information resides in separate
DMOs. To explore and draw insights from multiple DMOs simultaneously, join these objects in a single dashboard query. Direct Data for
Data Cloud now supports four types of joins on data model objects with defined relationships between them. You can also filter the
joined data and highlight the records that matter with conditional formatting. Previously, you wrote custom SQL queries to analyze data
in multiple DMOs.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Who: CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data Cloud is available to users with a Data Cloud license.
How: For example, to compare sales order data with product and customer’s annual income, in the dashboard designer, create a query
on the Sales Order DMO (1).

146
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Then, in the lens mode, click Manage Data Sources (2). Add the related Individual and Product DMOs that you want to use (3), and
apply your changes (4).

Build your query on the joined DMOs.

147
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Prebuilt and Industry Analytics Apps

The improved Adoption Analytics app contains improvements to the lookback period and ‘users with no interactions’ field. Additionally,
we fixed a bug that allowed non-saved assets into the WaveChangeEA dataset.

Improved Experience for Adoption Analytics Templates

Try the improved experience in Adoption Analytics that improves the lookback period, results for “Users with no interactions,” and
the accuracy of the WaveChangeEA dataset.

Improved Experience for Adoption Analytics Templates

Try the improved experience in Adoption Analytics that improves the lookback period, results for “Users with no interactions,” and the
accuracy of the WaveChangeEA dataset.
Where: This change applies to the Adoption Analytics app in CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics
is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: The changes to Adoption Analytics appear in dashboards and represent the following updates:
• The lookback period for log delivery is extended to four days. This update ensures that you don’t miss any crucial data.
• The data tracked for the “Users with no interactions” field now includes the Revenue Intelligence app. This change allows you to
gauge whether users with a Revenue Intelligence license are using their license.
• A bug was fixed that allowed non-saved assets into the WaveChangeEA dataset. For example, you create a lens to test your data,
but don’t save it. Now, we drop that unsaved asset from the dataflow, and report on only saved assets. This fix results in a more
accurate WaveChangeEA dataset.

Analytics Data Integration

148
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally Available)
Gain insights into your private Snowflake data in CRM Analytics. Create a remote connection using the Virtual Private Connection
(VPC) for Snowflake on AWS connector to sync data from Snowflake to Data Manager. Using the AWS VPC interface endpoints
provides secure connectivity to Snowflake internal stages and ensures that data transfer from Snowflake takes place on the AWS
internal network and doesn’t use the public internet.
Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)
Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data
Manager, they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections
Ensure Google BigQuery costs are correctly allocated by adding a project billing ID when you create your connection. Google BigQuery
and Google BigQuery Standard SQL connections now support compute and storage separation, providing for splitting CPU from
storage costs so that you can allocate your internal costs to the correct department.
Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager
Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and
dataflows.
Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the
Output node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire
dataset when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add
an input node for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing
Dataset (Append) option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to
use to format dates. You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the
snapshot data schema changes.
Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Beta)
Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0 using
security predicates. You can now reference the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only
reference user data.
Analyze Data Across Multiple Data Spaces
Get real-time analysis using multiple data spaces in Data Cloud without code or preconfigured data connections. Previously, you
could access only the default data space using the CRM Analytics interface. Now you can now select among multiple data spaces
and data model objects to build queries for comprehensive real-time views that optimize business processes.
Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)
Analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice. Import the data into Data Cloud using
the Platform Events connector pilot.
Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed
Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect
with Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

149
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Requires a Salesforce Private Connect add-on license.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select Private Connect. Create an outbound connection, and then on
the Named Credentials page, create external credentials and named credentials. In Data Manager, create a connection for the Snowflake
Private Connector.

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)

Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data Manager,
they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learn about CRM Analytics Permission Set Licenses and User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Open and Edit a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections

150
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager

Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and dataflows.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In Data Manager, open a job with warnings. In the status column, click Warning, and then click Job Details to download the
log.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor a Data Sync Job (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the Output
node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire dataset
when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add an input node
for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing Dataset (Append)
option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to use to format dates.
You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the snapshot data schema
changes.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

151
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Output Node: Write Recipe Results to a Dataset or External System(can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Beta)

Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0 using security
predicates. You can now reference the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only reference
user data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Territory Hierarchy in Security Predicates is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: In the recipe or dataflow defining the dataset, add a flattened territory hierarchy (multivalued dimension) for each row. For example:

152
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Then, include this security predicate filter in the output node:

‘Territory2.TerritoryIDs’ in [“$UserTerritory2Ids”]:

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sales Territories (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Add Row-Level Security with a Security Predicate (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Row-Level Security Example based on Territory Hierarchy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Analyze Data Across Multiple Data Spaces

Get real-time analysis using multiple data spaces in Data Cloud without code or preconfigured data connections. Previously, you could
access only the default data space using the CRM Analytics interface. Now you can now select among multiple data spaces and data
model objects to build queries for comprehensive real-time views that optimize business processes.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the dashboard designer, click Create Query. To select a Data Cloud data source and data space, click Salesforce Data Cloud.

Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)

Analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice. Import the data into Data Cloud using the
Platform Events connector pilot.

153
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Intelligent Analytics Apps

Note: The Platform Events Connector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed

SEE ALSO:
Google Analytics 4 Connection
Google Analytics 4 has replaced Universal Analytics

CRM Analytics Development

Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new CRM Analytics Connect API Postman collection.

Test CRM Analytics Endpoints in Postman

Test Connect API endpoints in your own development environment, and view output instantly using the new CRM Analytics collection
in Postman. Use the collection to build your custom integration with CRM Analytics or to test your SAQL and SQL queries.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where CRM Analytics is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Postman for Salesforce Developers: Salesforce CRM Analytics Connect API
CRM Analytics REST API Developer Guide

Intelligent Analytics Apps

Discover new opportunities and improve sales performance with enhanced Revenue Intelligence white space analysis. Keep your
operations running smoothly with the Field Service Intelligence Parts and Inventory dashboard. Set a default SLA for all Service Intelligence
Omni-Channel routing queues and customize times for up to ten specific queues.
• Data Cloud for Commerce Release Notes
• Field Service Intelligence Release Notes
• Revenue Intelligence Release Notes
• Service Intelligence Release Notes

154
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Discovery

Einstein Discovery
Externally built models are retired.

Externally Built Models in Einstein Discovery Are Retired

As of July 31, 2024, you can no longer use externally built machine learning models in Einstein Discovery, and your prediction definitions
that use an external model will fail. Instead, use Einstein Discovery to create a model.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Connect, harmonize, visualize, and act on your marketing data to optimize performance within campaigns, discover insights in real-time,
and then act on them.
• Marketing Cloud Release Notes
• Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes
• Marketing Cloud Intelligence Help Map

Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics

Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible.

155
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Commerce

Where: Lightning Report and Dashboard changes apply to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. CRM Analytics changes apply to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM
Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Check out details about these changes.
Lightning Reports and Dashboards
• Keyboard navigation now reaches all cells in summary reports.
• The keyboard focus order and assistive text in the Edit Dashboard: Select Image dialog is enhanced.
• The Chart Properties dialog has improved contrast and assistive text.
• Screen readers announce various dialogs in the Lightning Report Builder.
CRM Analytics
• Contrast, keyboard navigation, and assistive text are enhanced for the Home and Browse tabs, Watchlist, Download dialog, and
Notifications panel.
• Screen readers announce the status messages for actions in the Browse tab and notifications.
• The visual indicator for keyboard focus in the Notifications panel is enhanced.

Commerce
Commerce Cloud enhancements include new and updated features for B2B and D2C Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce
Order Management, and Salesforce Payments.

Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Get ready to take your store to new heights. You can now get contextual guidance to help you understand the purpose and
requirements of tasks in the Commerce app. Work more efficiently with the updated Commerce UI, which lets you navigate the app
with fewer clicks and easily switch between functions. The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, insights, and recommended
actions in one convenient location, helping you reach your business goals faster. And with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite, you can
start selling online in no time. Plus, you can now turn off shipping for nonphysical products and enjoy faster loading for store images.
Omnichannel Inventory
Easily add new inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console.
Salesforce Order Management
Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. Improve the
service flow process by customizing bulk actions.
Salesforce Payments
Easily switch between managed and custom checkout for your Commerce store. Get Pay Now up and running quickly using an
automated guided setup, and offer customers Pay Now payment pages that are easier to use. Allow registered customers to receive
one-time passcodes in an email rather than on their phone. Monitor the stages of a payment transaction from a payment record's
timeline.

156
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce App
Get recommended next steps for creating and managing your store based on where you are in the app. Use the streamlined navigation
sidebar menu to access Commerce functionality. Easily organize products using the enhanced Category Workspace. Set up product
variations with just one click. Perform basic website design tasks without leaving the Commerce app. Work more efficiently in
workspaces using filters and bulk actions. Troubleshoot product visibility issues from within the Commerce app, access price settings
from the Store settings page, and easily move between your store and a record page.
Data Cloud for Commerce
Get analytics dashboards, insights, and recommended actions on the new Insights Workspace. And set up Commerce Intelligence
Analytics with just a few clicks.
Einstein for Commerce
Get intelligent help managing your store. Agentforce Merchant Agent provides business insights for your store and helps you create
smart promotions to entice your customers.
Commerce Cart and Checkout
Customers can now view their cart on any page with the mini cart display. Enable continuous scrolling to let customers review their
carts without clicking through multiple pages. Address fields now autocomplete and suggest addresses for shoppers. Turn off
shipping if you're selling only digital goods, and offer customers additional shipping options with weight-based rates. Switch between
managed and custom checkout configurations at any time. Use business accounts for guest checkout in B2B stores.
Commerce Promotions
Get ready to boost your sales with shipping rate promotions in your store. Add up to 25 promotions per discount to incentivize
customers to make a purchase. Quickly search for promotions, review important details, and manage promotions using row-level
actions.
Commerce Components
Store images now load faster, which means quicker page loads, smoother layout shifts, and improved overall site performance. Guest
user authentication is now simpler with the option to hide the Last Name field on the Order Details page. Customize your reorder
modal with enhanced design options, and track your order status every step of the way with the new order status tracker.
Commerce Search
The redesigned Search Index page shows product errors and index failures with the option to download a CSV file to resolve product
errors. Receive instant notifications on whether the index update completed or failed. Enhance store performance with the renamed
and relocated Displayable Fields toggle.
Additional Commerce Features
Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting for global payments. Easily process
tax additions and refunds with the new tax flows, and customize those flows to meet your business needs. Track your goals over
time and see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress in the Goals and Recommendation Workspace. Enable
the Salesforce Content Delivery Network for your organization’s stores without creating a custom domain. Improve load times,
performance, and security with the option to compress content and accelerate HTTP traffic.

157
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Get Contextual Guidance When Setting Up a B2B or D2C Store

Understand the purpose and requirements of the task as you set up your store by getting relevant information when you need it.
As you work through the setup, contextual guidance provides the necessary information to make informed decisions and move to
the next step.
Work More Efficiently with the Updated Commerce UI
Get where you want to be in the Commerce app with fewer clicks. Easily switch between your key workspaces and settings, that are
meaningfully grouped into expandable accordions. Or collapse the navigation menu to view just the icons.
Organize Products with the Enhanced Category Workspace
Streamline the creation and management of your product categories with the revamped Category Workspace. The new interface
features a tree-view layout that displays categories, subcategories, and the number of products in each category. Assign multiple
products to categories with fewer clicks.
Access Product Variation Settings in One Click
Everything you need for managing product variations and readiness is now just a click away. Set up and manage variation products
and attributes from a single page in your store’s settings.
Access Lowest Unit Price from Your Store Settings
European Union (EU) customers can now enable Lowest Unit Price directly from store settings. Enable this feature to display the
lowest unit price for products and comply with EU pricing regulations.
Troubleshoot Product Visibility Issues Right from the Commerce App
With the Troubleshooting Assistant now available within the Commerce app, you can easily check if a product is visible in your store.
This convenient tool helps you make sure that your products are showcased to your customers effectively.
Automate Order Confirmation Emails
Streamline customer communications with automated notifications. To enable and manage automated order confirmation emails,
use the new order confirmation email template in the Messaging Workspace.
Experience Refreshed Workspaces with Quick Filters and Bulk Actions
Say goodbye to manually creating commonly-used filters for your Product Workspace. Use bulk actions to perform actions in bulk
across all the workspaces. Search across all workspaces, complete tasks faster, streamline workflows, improve organization, and
access a modern, enhanced, and robust UI.
Add Design Elements to Your Store Without Leaving the Commerce App
Upload your logo, brand your store, and set fonts, colors, and button styles from the new Website Design Workspace. When you
need to tackle more advanced design tasks, like configuring store components, changing page layouts, or setting up store navigation,
you can switch to Experience Builder with a click of a button in the Website Design Workspace.
Smoothly Transition Between Your Store and a Record Page
Whether you’re in Experience Builder or on a record page for a price book, buyer group, store price book, or a catalog, you can now
get back to your refreshed Commerce store in one click.

158
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Start Selling Online with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite

Get Contextual Guidance When Setting Up a B2B or D2C Store

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Commerce Store Setup Tasks (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Work More Efficiently with the Updated Commerce UI

Get where you want to be in the Commerce app with fewer clicks. Easily switch between your key workspaces and settings, that are
meaningfully grouped into expandable accordions. Or collapse the navigation menu to view just the icons.
Where: This change applies to B2B and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: On the Store tab (1), expand Merchandising (2) to find the Products, Categories, Pricing, and Inventory workspaces all in one place.
Expand Customers (3) to find Accounts and Buyer Groups. Expand Settings (4) to find store, checkout configuration, product, and search
settings all in one place. Click Collapse (5) to view only the icons.

159
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Refreshed Commerce App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

160
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Organize Products with the Enhanced Category Workspace

Streamline the creation and management of your product categories with the revamped Category Workspace. The new interface features
a tree-view layout that displays categories, subcategories, and the number of products in each category. Assign multiple products to
categories with fewer clicks.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Create and manage categories and subcategories in the Category Workspace. You can also search for, import, edit, or delete
categories, manage the products within them, and sort or update the category list view.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Categories in Category Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Product Variation Settings in One Click

Everything you need for managing product variations and readiness is now just a click away. Set up and manage variation products and
attributes from a single page in your store’s settings.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store’s Settings, select Product.

161
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Variations and Attributes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Product Readiness (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Lowest Unit Price from Your Store Settings

European Union (EU) customers can now enable Lowest Unit Price directly from store settings. Enable this feature to display the lowest
unit price for products and comply with EU pricing regulations.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: On the Store tab, under Settings, click Store. On the Pricing tab, select Lowest Unit Price (EU Customers Only).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Pricing for Commerce Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot Product Visibility Issues Right from the Commerce App

With the Troubleshooting Assistant now available within the Commerce app, you can easily check if a product is visible in your store.
This convenient tool helps you make sure that your products are showcased to your customers effectively.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store from the Store dropdown, and then select Settings > Store > Troubleshooting Assistant.

162
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get Help with Product Visibility Issues with the Troubleshooting Assistant (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Automate Order Confirmation Emails

Streamline customer communications with automated notifications. To enable and manage automated order confirmation emails, use
the new order confirmation email template in the Messaging Workspace.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To see the Messaging Workspace, you must have Commerce Growth or Advanced licenses. For all other licenses or existing stores,
contact your Salesforce representative to get access to Commerce Messaging.
When: Commerce Growth and Advanced licenses are available starting in December 2024.
How: In your store settings, select Messaging. In the Order Confirmation Email template, click Edit to customize it, then enable the
template to automatically start the sending of messages.

163
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Automate Customer Communications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize an Email Template for Customer Communications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Experience Refreshed Workspaces with Quick Filters and Bulk Actions

Say goodbye to manually creating commonly-used filters for your Product Workspace. Use bulk actions to perform actions in bulk across
all the workspaces. Search across all workspaces, complete tasks faster, streamline workflows, improve organization, and access a modern,
enhanced, and robust UI.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Shell, Pro Suite, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In a Product Workspace, filter products using the quick filters (1). Use the Bulk Actions (2) feature in the Product workspace to mark
multiple products as active or inactive, or add multiple products to Category and Entitlement Policy.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Products in the Product Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Design Elements to Your Store Without Leaving the Commerce App
Upload your logo, brand your store, and set fonts, colors, and button styles from the new Website Design Workspace. When you need
to tackle more advanced design tasks, like configuring store components, changing page layouts, or setting up store navigation, you
can switch to Experience Builder with a click of a button in the Website Design Workspace.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

164
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store from the Store dropdown, and then click Website Design.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Website Design for Commerce Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Smoothly Transition Between Your Store and a Record Page

Whether you’re in Experience Builder or on a record page for a price book, buyer group, store price book, or a catalog, you can now get
back to your refreshed Commerce store in one click.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the product page, view the details of the product variations (1), and then return to the store with a click (2). From the
Experience Builder, return to Commerce in one click (3).

165
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Store Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Start Selling Online with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite

Sell directly to individual shoppers and provide a personalized online shopping experience with Commerce Store for Starter and Pro
Suite. Create a direct-to-consumer (D2C) online shopping experience that represents your brand, engages shoppers, and drives sales.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Starter and Pro Suite editions and in the U.S. only.
Who: To access Commerce Storefront for Starter or Pro Suite editions, you need the Commerce Admin and Commerce Starter App
permissions.
How: Select the Commerce app in Starter and Pro Suite.

Data Cloud for Commerce

Get analytics dashboards, insights, and recommended actions on the new Insights Workspace. And set up Commerce Intelligence
Analytics with just a few clicks.

See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal Targets in the Insights Workspace
The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, goals, and recommended actions in a single location. Use these insights to set goal
targets and make important business decisions.
Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few Clicks
Use the updated Commerce Setup Assistant to configure Data Cloud for Commerce and activate Intelligence Analytics. This update
simplifies the setup process, saving you time and effort while enhancing productivity. Access the Intelligence Analytics dashboards
for products, shoppers, and inventory, enabling you to make data-driven decisions that boost revenue and efficiency.

166
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal Targets in the Insights Workspace
The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, goals, and recommended actions in a single location. Use these insights to set goal
targets and make important business decisions.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To see intelligence analytics dashboards, goals, and recommended actions in the Insights Workspace, you must have a Commerce
Growth or Advanced license. Other licenses see the standard business analytics dashboards.
How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store, then click Insights to view goals (1), analytics dashboards (2), and recommended actions
(3).

167
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Goals and Recommendations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud for Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Commerce Analytics (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few Clicks

Use the updated Commerce Setup Assistant to configure Data Cloud for Commerce and activate Intelligence Analytics. This update
simplifies the setup process, saving you time and effort while enhancing productivity. Access the Intelligence Analytics dashboards for
products, shoppers, and inventory, enabling you to make data-driven decisions that boost revenue and efficiency.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To access this feature, you need a Commerce Intelligence basic or advanced license.

168
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: In Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select Commerce Setup Assistant. Click Get Started for Set Up Data Cloud for Commerce.
Install Intelligence Analytics.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Data Cloud for Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Einstein for Commerce

Get intelligent help managing your store. Agentforce Merchant Agent provides business insights for your store and helps you create
smart promotions to entice your customers.

169
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Power Up Productivity with Agentforce Merchant Agent

Reach your business goals faster and more efficiently. Agentforce Merchant Agent helps admins and merchants complete tasks, create
promotions, and grow revenue through data-driven store insights. Get customized help using Commerce Promotions and Insights
Business Objective agent topics. For example, ask an agent, "What's the site conversion for my store?" and the agent provides the web
store’s site conversion data. Or, you can ask, "Can you provide a sample promotion?" and the agent suggests templates based on your
web store ID.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Einstein
Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase Einstein for Commerce, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: Agentforce Merchant Agent is available starting in late October.
Who: Agentforce Merchant Agent is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission.
EinsteinGPTCommerceAddOn license must be enabled to use Agentforce Merchant Agent.
How: To get started, turn on Einstein generative AI in Setup. Next, on the Agents page in Setup, turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce.
Click the name of your agent, and click Open in Builder. Add the Commerce Promotions and Insights Business Objectives topics from
the asset library. Click Einstein to engage with Merchant Agent.
Admins and merchandisers can use Merchant Agent in their every day tasks in a variety of ways. Here are some examples.

Example: Sally, a merchandiser for CRG Brands, wants to create a promotion for the company’s web store. She decides to use
Agentforce to help her quickly draft a promotion as part of a Halloween campaign. She asks the agent to:
“Create a promotion for the Testa Rossa coffee machine, where the discount is 25% on all orders valid until October 31, 2024.”
Merchant Agent uses that utterance and the actions from the Commerce Promotions topic to create a template for the promotion.
Together, Sally and the agent fine-tune the promotion using natural language. Sally reviews the promotion, and pleased with the
results, she activates it.

Example: Sally wants to understand some of the KPIs for the web store in a more meaningful way. She turns again to her trusty
agent and says:
“Show me the insights for the average order value for this web store.”
Merchant Agent uses that utterance and the actions from the Insights Business Objectives topic to retrieve the requested data.
Sally receives the KPI and Insight Summary and, based on that information, decides the best coarse of action to move her
organizational goals forward.

170
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Example: Sally wants to know how the store is performing when it comes purchases, so she asks the agent about site conversion.

She learns valuable metrics that help her make decisions about marketing tactics, promotions, and inventory.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Merchant Agent for Commerce(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agentforce: Agents and Copilot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize Your Agents and Copilot with Topics and Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Commerce Promotions(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Insights Business Objectives(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Cart and Checkout

Customers can now view their cart on any page with the mini cart display. Enable continuous scrolling to let customers review their
carts without clicking through multiple pages. Address fields now autocomplete and suggest addresses for shoppers. Turn off shipping
if you're selling only digital goods, and offer customers additional shipping options with weight-based rates. Switch between managed
and custom checkout configurations at any time. Use business accounts for guest checkout in B2B stores.

Let Customers Complete Purchases on Any Page

Customers can now complete purchases and view their cart on any page with a mini cart display. When a customer adds an item
to their cart or clicks the cart badge, a mini cart slides open on the right. From the mini cart, customers can review their items and
go straight to the checkout page. Mini cart is enabled by default for new B2B and D2C stores.
Streamline the Shopping Experience with Continuous Scrolling
Let customers shop and review their carts conveniently with an infinite scroll option. In addition to navigating carts with the Show
More button and pagination, you can now display products on one page with continuous scroll. For D2C stores, scrolling is the
default experience on cart and checkout pages and in the mini cart display. For B2B stores, scrolling is the default experience on the
checkout page. The cart page uses pagination.

171
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Address Fields Now Autocomplete for D2C Stores

When customers enter their shipping or billing information, address fields autocomplete and also suggest addresses. In addition,
checkout forms now include a second address field to use as needed. Address autocomplete doesn’t populate apartment and suite
numbers.
Offer Weight-Based Shipping Prices
Implement shipping prices based on weight to manage shipping costs more efficiently, and provide your customers transparent
pricing.
Turn Off Shipping for Non-Physical Products
Simplify the checkout process by turning off native shipping for stores that don’t ship physical products. Use this feature for stores
offering digital goods, service subscriptions, or in-store pickups. In your store’s settings, go to Checkout and turn off shipping on the
Shipping tab. If your store uses the Checkout Layout: Accordion component on the checkout page, change the text for the proceed
button from delivery information to “Proceed to Payment.”
Switch Between Managed and Custom Checkout Without Losing Settings
Switch between managed and custom checkout as needed to deliver the best checkout experience for your customers. All your
custom settings are saved from the previous checkout mode and restored when the store is published. You can make changes
without disrupting your live store, keeping the shopping experience smooth for your customers. You can have only one checkout
experience active per store at a time.
Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)
If your store is configured to use managed checkout, you no longer need to republish to receive updates to the checkout page.
When Commerce updates a component, enhances themes, or adjusts the layout of the checkout page, your store receives these
enhancements automatically. This change improves the shopping exprience, enhances store performance, and increases checkout
conversion. If you configured your store with managed checkout before the Winter ’25 release, republish your store one last time
to enable automatic updates to the checkout page.
Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest Checkout
Customize the account creation process for B2B store guest checkout by choosing between creating person accounts or business
accounts. Previously, only person accounts were supported.
Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning Customers
If a registered customer with a saved address leaves and then returns to check out, their checkout information is kept in summary
mode for easy checkout. Summary mode offers customers one-click checkout by saving the information that they previously selected,
such as the shipping and payment methods. A customer can also change the information before placing the order. If a customer
changes the shipping address, fees and taxes are recalculated to the least expensive shipping method, and the customer is moved
to the payment section.

Let Customers Complete Purchases on Any Page

Customers can now complete purchases and view their cart on any page with a mini cart display. When a customer adds an item to
their cart or clicks the cart badge, a mini cart slides open on the right. From the mini cart, customers can review their items and go
straight to the checkout page. Mini cart is enabled by default for new B2B and D2C stores.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: For an existing store, in Experience Builder, remove the existing Cart Badge component from the Commerce Header and replace
it with the new component. Then customize the mini cart settings. For new stores, open the Cart Badge component and customize the
mini cart settings. The My Account Page uses a different header than the site-wide, Commerce Header, so mini cart settings configured
in the Commerce Header don’t reflect on the My Account page.

172
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Design a Cart Page in a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Streamline the Shopping Experience with Continuous Scrolling

Let customers shop and review their carts conveniently with an infinite scroll option. In addition to navigating carts with the Show More
button and pagination, you can now display products on one page with continuous scroll. For D2C stores, scrolling is the default
experience on cart and checkout pages and in the mini cart display. For B2B stores, scrolling is the default experience on the checkout
page. The cart page uses pagination.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Experience Builder, in the Cart Items component, select a setting for Cart Item Pagination.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Design the Cart Page in a Commece Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

173
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Address Fields Now Autocomplete for D2C Stores

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Address Autocomplete Considerations for Managed Checkout in D2C Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Managed Checkout for a D2C Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Offer Weight-Based Shipping Prices

Implement shipping prices based on weight to manage shipping costs more efficiently, and provide your customers transparent pricing.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store’s Settings, select Checkout. On the Shipping tab, click Manage, and define a rate with a condition based on delivery
weight.

174
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Salesforce Native Shipping for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Turn Off Shipping for Non-Physical Products

Simplify the checkout process by turning off native shipping for stores that don’t ship physical products. Use this feature for stores offering
digital goods, service subscriptions, or in-store pickups. In your store’s settings, go to Checkout and turn off shipping on the Shipping
tab. If your store uses the Checkout Layout: Accordion component on the checkout page, change the text for the proceed button from
delivery information to “Proceed to Payment.”
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Salesforce Native Shipping for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Design the Checkout Page in a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Switch Between Managed and Custom Checkout Without Losing Settings

Switch between managed and custom checkout as needed to deliver the best checkout experience for your customers. All your custom
settings are saved from the previous checkout mode and restored when the store is published. You can make changes without disrupting
your live store, keeping the shopping experience smooth for your customers. You can have only one checkout experience active per
store at a time.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store page, select Checkout and switch to your preferred checkout option. The Cart Calculate API must be enabled for
this feature to work.

175
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide: Enable and Disable the Cart Calculate API for a Webstore (can be outdated or
unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Checkout for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)
If your store is configured to use managed checkout, you no longer need to republish to receive updates to the checkout page. When
Commerce updates a component, enhances themes, or adjusts the layout of the checkout page, your store receives these enhancements
automatically. This change improves the shopping exprience, enhances store performance, and increases checkout conversion. If you
configured your store with managed checkout before the Winter ’25 release, republish your store one last time to enable automatic
updates to the checkout page.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Managed checkout requires Salesforce
Payments. Managed checkout doesn’t support subscriptions.

Note: Managed checkout with autopublishing is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: If you configured your store before the Winter ’25 release, from Website Design, open your store preview and click Publish.

176
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Managed Checkout for a D2C Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest Checkout

Customize the account creation process for B2B store guest checkout by choosing between creating person accounts or business
accounts. Previously, only person accounts were supported.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: If your store allows self-registration, you can specify which account type to create upon registration. If your store doesn’t allow
self-registration, you can specify which account type to create by setting the guest buyer profile’s account record type defaults.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Account Creation for Guest Checkout in B2B Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Allow Self-Registration and Guest Access to the Pay Now Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning Customers

If a registered customer with a saved address leaves and then returns to check out, their checkout information is kept in summary mode
for easy checkout. Summary mode offers customers one-click checkout by saving the information that they previously selected, such as
the shipping and payment methods. A customer can also change the information before placing the order. If a customer changes the
shipping address, fees and taxes are recalculated to the least expensive shipping method, and the customer is moved to the payment
section.
Where: This change applies to B2B and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

177
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: If your store uses Managed Checkout, checkout in summary mode is enabled by default. To support checkout in summary mode
for Custom Checkout, in Experience Builder, add the Accordion or One-Page layout to your checkout page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: One-Click Checkout for Faster Transactions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Promotions
Get ready to boost your sales with shipping rate promotions in your store. Add up to 25 promotions per discount to incentivize customers
to make a purchase. Quickly search for promotions, review important details, and manage promotions using row-level actions.

Offer Customers Shipping Rate Promotions

Add up to 25 shipping rate discounts per promotion in your store to encourage customers to complete their purchase. For example,
discount a fixed amount off the shipping or delivery cost, or offer a fixed price or percentage discount. Quantity limits and promotion
rules don’t apply to shipping rate promotions. Shipping rate promotions are applied automatically in B2B and D2C Commerce stores
and you can use manually applied shipping rate promotions during checkout in D2C Commerce stores.
Manage Promotions with a Refreshed Promotion Workspace
Easily search for promotions and review the most important promotion details at a glance. Clone all the promotion details or delete
promotions using row-level actions. Add promotion rules directly on discount and qualifier record pages.

Offer Customers Shipping Rate Promotions

Add up to 25 shipping rate discounts per promotion in your store to encourage customers to complete their purchase. For example,
discount a fixed amount off the shipping or delivery cost, or offer a fixed price or percentage discount. Quantity limits and promotion
rules don’t apply to shipping rate promotions. Shipping rate promotions are applied automatically in B2B and D2C Commerce stores
and you can use manually applied shipping rate promotions during checkout in D2C Commerce stores.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: When drafting a discount, for Target Type, select Shipping Rate. For Shipping Rate, select from the shipping rates that you
previously set up.

178
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define a Promotion Discount (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage Promotions with a Refreshed Promotion Workspace

Easily search for promotions and review the most important promotion details at a glance. Clone all the promotion details or delete
promotions using row-level actions. Add promotion rules directly on discount and qualifier record pages.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select a store, and click Promotions. In the Promotion Workspace, search for promotions (1), view refreshed columns (2), use
row-level actions (3), and access record pages (4).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Promotion Using a Template (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Promotions with Einstein (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Components
Store images now load faster, which means quicker page loads, smoother layout shifts, and improved overall site performance. Guest
user authentication is now simpler with the option to hide the Last Name field on the Order Details page. Customize your reorder modal
with enhanced design options, and track your order status every step of the way with the new order status tracker.

179
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Display Hi-Res Images and Alternative Views with the Enhanced Product Image Gallery
Sharply showcase your product views and improve engagement with the enhanced Product Image Gallery LWR component. Shoppers
can zoom in on a product image by hovering, clicking, or tapping to inspect details and textures. Images maintain clarity at maximum
zoom levels whether you're shopping on a mobile device or a web store.
Faster Image Loads for Enhanced Shopping Experiences
Elevate the shopping experience for your customers across devices with more performant image loading. The image display
components now include attributes to configure the aspect ratio and image size for different devices. Images are optimized for each
device, resulting in quicker page loads, fewer layout shifts, and improved overall site performance.
Keep Customers Informed About Orders with Real-Time Updates
Elevate customer satisfaction with the new order status tracker on the Order Details page. Customers can track every stage of their
order, from when it was created through delivery.
Control Last Name Visibility in the Order Lookup Page
Simplify guest user authentication by hiding the Last Name field on the Order Lookup page. For layout components added after the
Winter ‘25 release, Hide Last Name is enabled by default, but you can choose to show the Last Name field at any time.
Reapply Your Customizations to the Updated Reorder Modal
We enhanced the design and customization options of the reorder modal. Because this update also resets previous custom styles
applied to your reorder modal, you must update your CSS customizations to match the new layout.

180
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Faster Image Loads for Enhanced Shopping Experiences

Elevate the shopping experience for your customers across devices with more performant image loading. The image display components
now include attributes to configure the aspect ratio and image size for different devices. Images are optimized for each device, resulting
in quicker page loads, fewer layout shifts, and improved overall site performance.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Image Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide: Image Optimization Best Practices (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Keep Customers Informed About Orders with Real-Time Updates

Elevate customer satisfaction with the new order status tracker on the Order Details page. Customers can track every stage of their order,
from when it was created through delivery.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Customers can see the order status tracker on the Order Details page.

181
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Control Last Name Visibility in the Order Lookup Page

Simplify guest user authentication by hiding the Last Name field on the Order Lookup page. For layout components added after the
Winter ‘25 release, Hide Last Name is enabled by default, but you can choose to show the Last Name field at any time.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Experience Builder, on the Order Lookup page, select Hide Last Name in the Order Lookup component.

182
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Your Site’s Pages and Their Properties in Experience Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Reapply Your Customizations to the Updated Reorder Modal

We enhanced the design and customization options of the reorder modal. Because this update also resets previous custom styles applied
to your reorder modal, you must update your CSS customizations to match the new layout.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To reapply your custom styles to the modal title, use the lightning-modal-header selector. For the call-to-action buttons,
use the lightning-modal-footer selector.

For example, if your current CSS is:

183
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

10px; }
</style>

To maintain that appearance in the new modal layout:

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Your Site’s Pages and Their Properties in Experience Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Commerce Search
The redesigned Search Index page shows product errors and index failures with the option to download a CSV file to resolve product
errors. Receive instant notifications on whether the index update completed or failed. Enhance store performance with the renamed
and relocated Displayable Fields toggle.

Resolve Errors on the Redesigned Search Index Page

Review product errors and index failures on the redesigned Search Index page. Check whether products indexed successfully, or if
there are product errors, download a CSV file to review and resolve the errors. After you update the search index, you’re notified
whether the search index completed or failed.
Displayable Product Fields Toggle Has a New Name and Location (Beta)
The Displayable Product Fields toggle is now called Displayable Fields and is located in Store Settings on the Displayable Fields tab.
Using displayable fields can improve store performance. The name change doesn’t affect the feature’s functionality, and the toggle
continues to be an org-wide setting that affects all the stores in your Salesforce org.

Resolve Errors on the Redesigned Search Index Page

184
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Commerce Search Index (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Displayable Product Fields Toggle Has a New Name and Location (Beta)
The Displayable Product Fields toggle is now called Displayable Fields and is located in Store Settings on the Displayable Fields tab.
Using displayable fields can improve store performance. The name change doesn’t affect the feature’s functionality, and the toggle
continues to be an org-wide setting that affects all the stores in your Salesforce org.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Displayable Fields is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: Select a store, and click Settings. Select Store, and then select Displayable Fields.

185
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Displayable Fields (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Additional Commerce Features

Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting for global payments. Easily process tax
additions and refunds with the new tax flows, and customize those flows to meet your business needs. Track your goals over time and
see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress in the Goals and Recommendation Workspace. Enable the Salesforce
Content Delivery Network for your organization’s stores without creating a custom domain. Improve load times, performance, and
security with the option to compress content and accelerate HTTP traffic.

Bundle Products to Increase Average Order Value

Group items together to simplify purchasing and create cross-selling and up-selling opportunities. Bundle complementary items
together to entice customers with a single product offering at a lower price. Or, group slow-selling items with more popular items
to help manage inventory. You can’t bundle subscriptions or use them with order servicing and fulfillment.
Set Targets to Track the Progress of Your Goals
Track the progress of your goals over time, and see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress. Set your targets
in the Goals and Recommendations Workspace.
Use Salesforce Tax to Automate Tax Processes for Custom Checkout
Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting. Streamline tax processes by
calculating, collecting, and reporting tax on global payments for custom checkout by connecting a third-party tax provider to your
store. Previously, automatic tax calculations were available only for managed checkout.
Simplify Tax Transactions with Flows
Promptly and accurately process tax additions and refunds using the new tax flows. The Create Tax Transaction flow records a tax
transaction after an order summary is created. When an item is returned or canceled, the Record Tax Reversals flow refunds the tax
amount in the external system, such as Stripe. You can also customize the flows to meet your business needs.
Use Enhanced Domains to Serve Your Salesforce CDN for LWR Commerce Stores
Enable the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) for your LWR Commerce stores without first creating a custom domain. Now
you can use the system-managed *.my.site.com Experience Cloud URL, which uses the CDN partner Cloudflare, to serve your
content with the Salesforce CDN.

186
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Improve Performance and Security of the Content Delivery Network (CDN) for LWR Commerce Stores
You can improve the load times, performance, and security of the Salesforce CDN associated with your Commerce LWR stores. Edit
CDN Settings now include the option to compress content and web resources for faster page load times. You also have the option
to accelerate and secure your HTTP traffic, which improves the performance, security, and reliability of your store.
Access Product Media from Any CMS Workspace (Beta)
Upgrade your Commerce site to an Enhanced LWR Site and take advantage of enhanced CMS workspaces. During the upgrade, all
your non-enhanced CMS workspaces are added to a new public channel and associated with your store. Use the new channel to
access product media from all your workspaces.

Bundle Products to Increase Average Order Value

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Configure a Product Bundle for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Set Targets to Track the Progress of Your Goals

Track the progress of your goals over time, and see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress. Set your targets in
the Goals and Recommendations Workspace.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

187
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: In a goal tile, click the dropdown and select Edit Target. Select Specific Target, and enter the target value and end date.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Goals and Recommendations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Salesforce Tax to Automate Tax Processes for Custom Checkout

Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting. Streamline tax processes by calculating,
collecting, and reporting tax on global payments for custom checkout by connecting a third-party tax provider to your store. Previously,
automatic tax calculations were available only for managed checkout.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store, select Checkout. On the Tax tab, select a merchant account, and configure tax registrations with the third-party
tax provider.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Tax Calculation Service for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Simplify Tax Transactions with Flows

Promptly and accurately process tax additions and refunds using the new tax flows. The Create Tax Transaction flow records a tax
transaction after an order summary is created. When an item is returned or canceled, the Record Tax Reversals flow refunds the tax
amount in the external system, such as Stripe. You can also customize the flows to meet your business needs.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To use the Record Tax Reversals flow, select Enable Order Events on the Order Settings page.
How: In Setup, find and select Flows. From the All Flows list, select the Create Tax Transaction and Record Tax Reversals flows, and then
clone and activate the flows.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Tax Calculation Service for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

188
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Omnichannel Inventory

Use Enhanced Domains to Serve Your Salesforce CDN for LWR Commerce Stores
Enable the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) for your LWR Commerce stores without first creating a custom domain. Now you
can use the system-managed *.my.site.com Experience Cloud URL, which uses the CDN partner Cloudflare, to serve your content
with the Salesforce CDN.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce sites in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) and Salesforce Sites(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Performance and Security of the Content Delivery Network (CDN) for LWR Commerce Stores
You can improve the load times, performance, and security of the Salesforce CDN associated with your Commerce LWR stores. Edit CDN
Settings now include the option to compress content and web resources for faster page load times. You also have the option to accelerate
and secure your HTTP traffic, which improves the performance, security, and reliability of your store.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce stores in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Settings for the Salesforce CDN (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Product Media from Any CMS Workspace (Beta)

Upgrade your Commerce site to an Enhanced LWR Site and take advantage of enhanced CMS workspaces. During the upgrade, all your
non-enhanced CMS workspaces are added to a new public channel and associated with your store. Use the new channel to access
product media from all your workspaces.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Enhanced LWR Sites is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or
a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites to Access the Latest Features (Beta)
Salesforce Help: What is the Enhanced Sites and Content Platform (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Omnichannel Inventory
Easily add new inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console.

Add and Edit Inventory SKUs

You can now add inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console. You can add up
to 20 SKUs and edit up to 100 SKUs at a time.

189
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Order Management

Add and Edit Inventory SKUs

You can now add inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console. You can add up to
20 SKUs and edit up to 100 SKUs at a time.
Where: This change applies to Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Search for a SKU in a location, and add or edit the inventory information.

Salesforce Order Management

Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. Improve the service
flow process by customizing bulk actions.

Provide Customers Estimated Delivery Dates

Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. To determine
the estimated delivery date, calculate the time it takes to fulfill an item using carrier cutoff times, eligible shipping days, and transit
time duration. Connect the new Delivery Estimation Service to B2C Commerce, and configure your store to use delivery estimation
at checkout.
Tailor Service Flow Bulk Actions to Your Store’s Needs
Optimize your order service flows by controlling the threshold at which bulk actions become available. The threshold controls how
many products must be in an order before a customer service representative can use bulk actions. Bulk actions are enabled by default
with a value of two products.

Provide Customers Estimated Delivery Dates

Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. To determine the
estimated delivery date, calculate the time it takes to fulfill an item using carrier cutoff times, eligible shipping days, and transit time
duration. Connect the new Delivery Estimation Service to B2C Commerce, and configure your store to use delivery estimation at checkout.
Where: This change applies to Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Configure objects using the Order Management app. Then configure your store to use delivery estimation at checkout.

190
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Delivery Estimations for Order Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Tailor Service Flow Bulk Actions to Your Store’s Needs

Optimize your order service flows by controlling the threshold at which bulk actions become available. The threshold controls how many
products must be in an order before a customer service representative can use bulk actions. Bulk actions are enabled by default with a
value of two products.
Where: This change applies to Order Management in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise editions.
How: In your order service flow, set setBulkActionDisplay to the number of products that must be in an order for bulk actions
to be available.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set a Threshold for Bulk Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Payments
Easily switch between managed and custom checkout for your Commerce store. Get Pay Now up and running quickly using an automated
guided setup, and offer customers Pay Now payment pages that are easier to use. Allow registered customers to receive one-time
passcodes in an email rather than on their phone. Monitor the stages of a payment transaction from a payment record's timeline.

Set Up Your Pay Now Store Quickly and Easily

Use the simplified automated setup to get your Pay Now store up and running in no time. The guided setup takes you through all
the steps necessary for store configuration.
Deliver an Improved Pay Now Experience to Your Customers
Pay Now looks and operates better than before. Your payment links send your customers to a newly designed payment page to
review their purchases and submit their payment information. Payment links that list products direct customers to a more robust
checkout page.
Create Pay Now Links with an Improved Flow
It’s easier to create payment links with the updated Generate Payment Link flow. For a link that includes products, the product
selector shows you only the active products from the store's available price books. The filtered product list makes link creation more
accurate and efficient. The designated default payment method set is preselected for new Pay Now stores. You can now use HTML
in the link’s Description field to format the text that a customer sees on the payment page.

191
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

Gain More Control of Payment Processing Using Manual Capture

When you configure a set of payment methods or generate a Pay Now payment link, you can enable manual capture. Manual capture
lets you authorize a payment but capture that payment at a later time. Manual capture gives you more control over payment
processing to check inventory, complete order fulfillment, and reduce chargebacks related to canceled or refunded orders. Manual
capture also lets you carefully review and verify each transaction.
Salesforce Payments Is Now Available in Developer Edition
Salesforce Payments is now available with Developer Edition with access to the Lightning Platform and APIs, which extend Payments
and integrates it with other applications. Developer Edition also provides access to many of the features available in Enterprise
Edition.
Use Adyen as a Payment Gateway for Salesforce Payments
You can now link your existing Adyen merchant accounts to Salesforce Payments. Manage all your accounts in one Salesforce org,
enabling a unified payment view across all your Commerce stores.
Expand Customer Payment Options with Merchant-Initiated Payments
Offer your customers alternative ways to pay when they can't submit their payment information directly. Add the Merchant-Submitted
Payment component to any record page to securely process payments on a customer’s behalf. Add the Saved Payment Methods
component to store customer payment information for future transactions. Customize the components’ fields to meet your business
needs.
Monitor Payment Processing to Track Your Business’s Financial Health
View key events during a transaction from the Payments timeline, which is available for every payment intent record. Payment events
are in chronological order, with the newest event listed first. Identify disputed and fraudulent transactions, delays in the payment
process, and updates regarding customer payments.
Boost Sales by Offering More Payment Options
Offer more payment methods to customers at checkout. You can now add Amazon Pay, Link, and Affirm payment methods to your
payment method set.
Let Shoppers Receive Their One-Time Passcode via Email
Give customers alternate ways to receive a passcode. Returning customers with accounts at a Commerce or Pay Now store can have
a one-time passcode sent to their email to complete the login process. They don't have to receive a code on their mobile phone.
View Payment Shipping and Billing Information to Improve Operations
When you create a payment link, shipping and billing information is included in a payment intent record. You can use this information
for order fulfillment, to audit sales, and help support agents solve customer issues.

Set Up Your Pay Now Store Quickly and Easily

Use the simplified automated setup to get your Pay Now store up and running in no time. The guided setup takes you through all the
steps necessary for store configuration.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Store page or the Commerce Setup Assistant, select the Pay Now tile.

192
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Pay Now Using the Setup Assistant(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Deliver an Improved Pay Now Experience to Your Customers

Pay Now looks and operates better than before. Your payment links send your customers to a newly designed payment page to review
their purchases and submit their payment information. Payment links that list products direct customers to a more robust checkout
page.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Follow the guided setup accessed from the Commerce Setup Assistant, and use the Generate Payment Link flow to create payment
links to the updated payment pages.

193
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Link to a Salesforce Record (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create Pay Now Links with an Improved Flow

It’s easier to create payment links with the updated Generate Payment Link flow. For a link that includes products, the product selector
shows you only the active products from the store's available price books. The filtered product list makes link creation more accurate
and efficient. The designated default payment method set is preselected for new Pay Now stores. You can now use HTML in the link’s
Description field to format the text that a customer sees on the payment page.
Where: Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Run the Generate Payment Link flow, and select the payment link type that you want to create. For example, this page generates
a link with products.

194
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Link to a Salesforce Record (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Gain More Control of Payment Processing Using Manual Capture

195
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

For a Commerce store using custom checkout, go to Experience Builder and select the manual capture checkbox in the Salesforce
Payments or Express Checkout component on the Checkout or Pay page.

196
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Method Set to a Store Checkout Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Payments Is Now Available in Developer Edition

Salesforce Payments is now available with Developer Edition with access to the Lightning Platform and APIs, which extend Payments
and integrates it with other applications. Developer Edition also provides access to many of the features available in Enterprise Edition.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Developer Edition.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Payments

Use Adyen as a Payment Gateway for Salesforce Payments

You can now link your existing Adyen merchant accounts to Salesforce Payments. Manage all your accounts in one Salesforce org,
enabling a unified payment view across all your Commerce stores.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.
How: Follow the guided setup to add a merchant account, and select Adyen as the payment gateway.

197
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Merchant Account for Custom Checkout(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Expand Customer Payment Options with Merchant-Initiated Payments

Offer your customers alternative ways to pay when they can't submit their payment information directly. Add the Merchant-Submitted
Payment component to any record page to securely process payments on a customer’s behalf. Add the Saved Payment Methods
component to store customer payment information for future transactions. Customize the components’ fields to meet your business
needs.
Where: This change applies to any record page on the Salesforce Lightning Platform.
How: Set up Payments administrator profiles and permissions for merchants. Then, in the Lightning App Builder, add the
Merchant-Submitted Payment and Saved Payment Methods components to any record page.

198
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Configure Lightning Experience Record Pages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Lightning App Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Monitor Payment Processing to Track Your Business’s Financial Health

View key events during a transaction from the Payments timeline, which is available for every payment intent record. Payment events
are in chronological order, with the newest event listed first. Identify disputed and fraudulent transactions, delays in the payment process,
and updates regarding customer payments.

199
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Payments app, go to the Payments Workspace and select a payment intent record. The timeline is on the record page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Payment Processing from the Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Boost Sales by Offering More Payment Options

Offer more payment methods to customers at checkout. You can now add Amazon Pay, Link, and Affirm payment methods to your
payment method set.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Create a payment method set and include any of the non-express payment methods. To use Amazon Pay and Link for express
checkout, enable express checkout from the Checkout page in Experience Builder.

200
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Method Set to a Store Checkout Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Let Shoppers Receive Their One-Time Passcode via Email

Give customers alternate ways to receive a passcode. Returning customers with accounts at a Commerce or Pay Now store can have a
one-time passcode sent to their email to complete the login process. They don't have to receive a code on their mobile phone.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: A registered customer enters an email address during Pay Now or Commerce store checkout. When the confirmation prompt
displays, the customer can select the email link to receive a new code to complete the login process.

201
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Reduce Checkout Time with One-Click Checkout (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: One-Click Checkout with Pay Now (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

View Payment Shipping and Billing Information to Improve Operations

When you create a payment link, shipping and billing information is included in a payment intent record. You can use this information
for order fulfillment, to audit sales, and help support agents solve customer issues.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Payments Workspace, open a payment intent record. View the shipping and billing information on the Details page.

202
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Customization

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Payment Processing from the Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Permissions
Enhancements to the User Access Summary and a new Object Access Summary make managing permissions easier. You can also
track permission changes using Event Monitoring.
List Views
List views for custom and standard objects now render faster with Lightning Web Components (LWC), and you can sort list views
by multiple columns. To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi
module’s new wire adapters. View, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline with the enhanced
user list view. Block users with only the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when they edit
public list views.
Lightning App Builder
Configure key record fields in a single responsive view with the Dynamic Highlights Panel. Customize the appearance of fields on
Dynamic Forms-enabled record pages to draw attention to important information.

203
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Permissions

Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

Use the new Agentforce Sales Coach standard Lightning page component to add Sales Coach agent to an Opportunity page,
providing sales reps with a dedicated sales coach.
Sharing
Manage public group members with a faster, enhanced interface, and add descriptions for your public groups. Specify multiple
picklist values in the record criteria of restriction rules and scoping rules.
Globalization
Deliver a more tailored global experience with expanded English language choices, simplified address formatting, and improved
translation accuracy. Enable ICU locale formats to keep your data consistent across regions.
Salesforce Connect
Improve the security of your Snowflake integrations by using Private Connect with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake.
Enhancements to the Apex Connector Framework help you access more external data types with a custom adapter for Salesforce
Connect. The OData 2.0 adapter is updated to use the Apache Olingo HTTP library.
AppExchange
Start a test drive, Trialforce trial, and sandbox installation easily with the more streamlined AppExchange trial experience.
General Setup
View and edit user information more easily with enhancements to the User Access Summary page. Give your mobile users Dynamic
Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms at the same time with an updated option in Setup.

Permissions
Enhancements to the User Access Summary and a new Object Access Summary make managing permissions easier. You can also track
permission changes using Event Monitoring.

Delivered Idea: Get Insight into How a User’s Permissions Are Granted
To simplify user management, you now have visibility into the profile, permission sets, and permission set groups that grant permissions
to a specific user. This information about a user’s assigned object, field, user, and custom permissions is available in the User Access
Summary. Previously, troubleshooting where a user’s permissions came from required multiple queries or steps. Now you can get
this information with a few clicks. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: See How Object Access Is Granted in Object Manager
Get a comprehensive view of the permission sets, permission set groups, and profiles that grant access to an object, and the level
of access granted. Use the read-only Object Access Summary in Object Manager to quickly check object permissions when
troubleshooting, completing reviews, or determining how to grant user access. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.
Track Permission Changes with Event Monitoring
Monitor when permissions and other access settings are updated in profiles and permission sets, as well as other related changes.
Use the new Permission Update event type in the EventLogFile object.

Get Insight into How a User’s Permissions Are Granted

To simplify user management, you now have visibility into the profile, permission sets, and permission set groups that grant permissions
to a specific user. This information about a user’s assigned object, field, user, and custom permissions is available in the User Access
Summary. Previously, troubleshooting where a user’s permissions came from required multiple queries or steps. Now you can get this
information with a few clicks. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.

204
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Permissions

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select Users. Select a user, and then click View Summary. To see
how an individual permission was granted, click the row-level action, and then click Access Granted By.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Access Summary on User
Salesforce Help: View a User’s Access Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

See How Object Access Is Granted in Object Manager

Get a comprehensive view of the permission sets, permission set groups, and profiles that grant access to an object, and the level of
access granted. Use the read-only Object Access Summary in Object Manager to quickly check object permissions when troubleshooting,
completing reviews, or determining how to grant user access. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: In Setup, go to Object Manager, and then select an object. In the sidebar, click Object Access.

205
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: View & Manage Object CRUD Access in Object Manager
Salesforce Help: View Object Access in Object Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Track Permission Changes with Event Monitoring

Monitor when permissions and other access settings are updated in profiles and permission sets, as well as other related changes. Use
the new Permission Update event type in the EventLogFile object.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions. This event is available in the API but not in the Event Monitoring Analytics app.

SEE ALSO:
Get Information About Permission Changes

List Views
List views for custom and standard objects now render faster with Lightning Web Components (LWC), and you can sort list views by
multiple columns. To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi module’s
new wire adapters. View, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline with the enhanced user list
view. Block users with only the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when they edit public list
views.

Delivered Idea: Make Inline Edits with the Enhanced User List View
You can now view, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline. Quickly update and modify
records and simplify this experience without navigating away from the list view. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.

206
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Make Inline Edits with the Enhanced User List View

You can now view, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline. Quickly update and modify records
and simplify this experience without navigating away from the list view. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select User Management Settings. Enable Enhanced User List
View. Select Users to view the enhanced page.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Inline Editing for User List Views

207
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Get Better Performance for List Views on Custom and Standard Objects
To improve performance and meet the latest accessibility standards, list views for custom and standard objects now render with Lightning
Web Components (LWC) instead of Aura. LWC, Salesforce’s newest framework, delivers your data faster and makes the latest features
available for your list views. Previously, only custom object list views rendered with LWC, and only in sandboxes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: This update is available on a rolling basis starting in Winter ’25.
How: List view pages for standard objects include these changes, but overall, how your users work in list views hasn’t changed.
• The List Views dropdown menu displays up to 100 lists and shows Recent List Views and the option to search your lists at the top
of the dropdown. If you have more than 100 list views, use search terms to find a specific list.
• Keyboard navigation for the List Views dropdown menu starts with the focus at the top of the list rather than on the currently pinned
list.
• Some icons and highlights have updated colors, such as the check mark next to a selected list in the List Views dropdown menu
and . Additionally, the color, size, alignment, and capitalization of some windows, buttons, and dropdown menus changed.
• To add, edit, or remove filters, click .
• The Filters panel has new button options in the add or edit filters work flows: Cancel to exit the add or edit filter flow, and Save to
apply your changes. When you add or edit a filter, the Value menu closes each time that you select an option from it. Options appear
below the Value menu as you select them.
• When you edit filter logic, the Cancel and Save buttons don’t appear in the Filters panel until you click outside of the Filter Logic text
field. Your filter logic is checked for errors when you save your changes.
• When you create a filter that uses a location-based field, the values that you select initially show as the full location name in the
Filters panel. After you save your changes, the values convert to an abbreviated form, such as CA for California or NV for
Nevada.
• After you add a filter, keyboard focus returns to the Add Filter button. After you edit a filter, keyboard focus returns to the edited
filter.
• Header icons in columns and fields don’t render.
• Some errors and in-app messages appear in updated locations or formats and with new wording.
For example, after a save, a field-level error previously appeared directly below the affected input field. Now, a field-level error appears
to the left of the row and includes the affected field’s name.
Some errors occur before you save. With this type of error, the error message appears below the input field in the edit panel, and
the field reverts to its original value if you close the panel before you fix the issue.

• If a lead record owner inline edits the record from a list view rendered with LWC, the record is considered read. The record’s Unread
By Owner checkbox is unchecked. Previously, the Unread By Owner checkbox was unchecked only after the record owner viewed
the full record.
• You can inline edit encrypted text fields on an object.
• Lookup fields render as hyperlinks.
• When you edit a record from on a list view, the list view’s sorting doesn’t automatically refresh. To include your changes in the
list view’s sorting, click .
• When there are no records in the list, the column headers don’t appear on the View All page. Instead, on the empty list, users see
an illustration and a new message of “Nothing to see here.”
• When you select Wrap text or Clip text for a column, your selection applies to all fields in the column, including the header. As a
result, the column width sometimes adjusts automatically. Previously, the wrap and clip text functions didn’t affect the header.

208
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Beta)

To see your data in a more intuitive way and to make your list views more actionable, you can now sort list views by up to 5 columns.
Select the columns to sort by and whether to sort each column in ascending or descending order. To return to sorting by a single column,
click a column header that isn’t included in your multiple column sort. Previously, you could sort a list view by a single column only.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions except Starter.

Note: Lightning Web Runtime (LWC) sort by multiple columns is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms
at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: To join the beta, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface and select it. Then select Enable sort by multiple
columns (Beta). After you opt in to use this beta feature, list views for all supported custom and standard objects are rendered with
Lightning Web Components (LWC) instead of with Aura.
To opt out of the beta, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface and select it. Then deselect Enable sort by
multiple columns (Beta). If the list views on LWC feature hasn’t been rolled out to your org yet, some or all of your list views return to
rendering with Aura.
To sort a list view by multiple columns, from a list view, click , and then select the columns to include in the sort.

For example, create a Cases list view that’s sorted by Contact Name, then by Priority, and then by Date/Time Opened. Or you can create
an Opportunities list view sorted by Close Date and then by Amount.

Your list sort configuration is saved until you modify or clear it. To return to the default sort order, click and then select Reset Column
Sorting.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sort List Views (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

209
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Manage List Views with New Lightning Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters
To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi module’s new wire adapters.
You can get a list view’s record data, and get and update a list view’s preferences. You can also get the list views associated with an
object or the metadata for a list view object. Previously, only the getListInfoByName and getListInfosByName wire adapters were available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: The lightning/uiListsApi module includes these new wire adapters.
• createListInfo
• deleteListInfo
• getListInfosByObjectName
• getListObjectInfo
• getListPreferences
• getListRecordsByName
• updateListInfoByName
• updateListPreferences

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: lightning/uiListsApi (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Custom List View in Salesforce Classic (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create or Clone a List View in Lightning Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

210
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning App Builder

Lightning App Builder

Configure key record fields in a single responsive view with the Dynamic Highlights Panel. Customize the appearance of fields on Dynamic
Forms-enabled record pages to draw attention to important information.

Delivered Idea: Configure Record Highlights in Lightning App Builder

Use the new Dynamic Highlights Panel to configure your most important fields right in the Lightning App Builder. Previously, you
could only configure fields in the Highlights Panel by using compact layouts in Setup. The Dynamic Highlights Panel can contain
up to 12 fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Make Record Fields Stand Out with Conditional Formatting
Apply formatting to fields to help users can quickly identify the most relevant information on a record page. In Lightning App Builder,
give fields on Dynamic Forms-enabled pages custom icons and colors that can appear, disappear, and change color based on the
criteria and rules that you define. The conditions can be based on the field's value or on the values of other fields on the page. You
can view, edit, and delete rulesets for an object with the new Conditional Field Formatting node in Object Manager. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.

Configure Record Highlights in Lightning App Builder

Use the new Dynamic Highlights Panel to configure your most important fields right in the Lightning App Builder. Previously, you could
only configure fields in the Highlights Panel by using compact layouts in Setup. The Dynamic Highlights Panel can contain up to 12
fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Drag the Dynamic Highlights Panel component onto the Lightning App Builder canvas, and then add fields to it. The Primary Field
value is preselected for you, but you can change it.
The Dynamic Highlights Panel is responsive. When you change the size of your browser window, your information stays visible and
wraps instead of being truncated. You can also use visibility rules to show and hide fields in the panel.
The Dynamic Highlights Panel is a container for fields just like a Field Section. You can find it on the Fields tab in the Lightning App
Builder.

You can also customize the actions that appear in the panel. The Dynamic Highlights Panel uses dynamic actions by default and is
supported for all LWC-enabled objects. For a list of LWC-enabled objects, see LWC Migration for Record Home Pages.

211
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning App Builder

Your users can see the Dynamic Highlights Panel immediately on desktop, but for it to appear on mobile record pages, you must enable
it from Setup > Salesforce Mobile App > Dynamic Forms and Dynamic Highlights Panel on Mobile.

SEE ALSO:
Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One Click
Salesforce Help: Dynamic Highlights Panel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Make Record Fields Stand Out with Conditional Formatting

Apply formatting to fields to help users can quickly identify the most relevant information on a record page. In Lightning App Builder,
give fields on Dynamic Forms-enabled pages custom icons and colors that can appear, disappear, and change color based on the criteria
and rules that you define. The conditions can be based on the field's value or on the values of other fields on the page. You can view,
edit, and delete rulesets for an object with the new Conditional Field Formatting node in Object Manager. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting with pre-release and sandbox orgs in October 2024.
How: Conditional formatting uses rulesets, which are collections of rules. Each rule is made up of conditions that determine how and
when formatting appears on a field. To apply conditional formatting to a field, open a Dynamic Forms-enabled record page in the
Lightning App Builder and click the field on the canvas. In the field's property panel, use the Conditional Formatting property to assign
an existing ruleset or to create one.

Example: For example, you have a Customer Sentiment field on a page with available values of Positive, Neutral, and Negative.
You can add conditional formatting to the field with rules configured to show a green happy-face icon when the field value is
Positive, a grey neutral face when the value is Neutral, and a red sad-face icon when the value is Negative. That way,
viewers can instantly see the sentiment value based on the style and color of the icon.

212
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Conditional Field Formatting in Lightning App Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Metadata API Developer Guide: UiFormatSpecificationSet
Salesforce Help: Break Up Your Record Details with Dynamic Forms (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

Use the new Agentforce Sales Coach standard Lightning page component to add Sales Coach agent to an Opportunity page, providing
sales reps with a dedicated sales coach.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Expereince in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Sales Coach
add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach

Sharing
Manage public group members with a faster, enhanced interface, and add descriptions for your public groups. Specify multiple picklist
values in the record criteria of restriction rules and scoping rules.

213
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sharing

Manage Public Group Membership More Easily

You can now use the public group’s summary page to manage public group members. The updated public group member selection
experience has better performance and simplifies managing the included users, roles, and nested public groups. You can search
across all current or available members, add or remove up to 100 members at a time. Additionally, you can edit and delete the
selected public group on its summary page.
Delivered Idea: Add a Description for Public Groups
When you create or edit a public group, you can now include a brief description of its purpose or function. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Reference Multiple Picklist Values in Restriction and Scoping Rules
You can now reference multiple picklist values in the record criteria of your restriction and scoping rules. This change makes it easier
to configure which records and fields your users see when these rules are applied.
Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes
In preview sandboxes, Salesforce changed the default behavior for sharing records with roles and subordinates to be more secure.
As a result, the default sharing group available for roles and subordinates is now displayed as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead
of Roles and Subordinates in preview sandbioxes that don't have digital experiences enabled. To reference this group in Apex code,
use the roleAndSubordinatesInternal field instead of roleAndSubordinates. You must also update any sharing
rules in metadata deployments between preview sandboxes and production orgs or non-preview sandboxes that don't have the
updated behavior.

Manage Public Group Membership More Easily

Add a Description for Public Groups

When you create or edit a public group, you can now include a brief description of its purpose or function. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

214
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sharing

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Public Groups, and then select Public Groups. Create a new public group or
choose an existing one. Then edit the Description field.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Description Field on Public Groups and Queues

Reference Multiple Picklist Values in Restriction and Scoping Rules

You can now reference multiple picklist values in the record criteria of your restriction and scoping rules. This change makes it easier to
configure which records and fields your users see when these rules are applied.
Where: For restriction rules, this change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
For scoping rules, this change applies to Lightning Experience in Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Object Manager, select a supported object. Click Restriction Rules or Scoping Rules, and then click New Rule. Under Record
Criteria, after you select a picklist field, click Choose values to select multiple values.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Restriction Rules (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Scoping Rules (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

215
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Globalization

Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles
and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes
In preview sandboxes, Salesforce changed the default behavior for sharing records with roles and subordinates to be more secure. As a
result, the default sharing group available for roles and subordinates is now displayed as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead of Roles
and Subordinates in preview sandbioxes that don't have digital experiences enabled. To reference this group in Apex code, use the
roleAndSubordinatesInternal field instead of roleAndSubordinates. You must also update any sharing rules in
metadata deployments between preview sandboxes and production orgs or non-preview sandboxes that don't have the updated
behavior.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Secure Record Access When Enabling Digital Experiences in Preview Sandboxes
Knowledge Article: Sharing Rule Deployment Failed with the Error "sharedTo not allowed:roleAndSubordinates" or Similar Apex Code
Issues

Globalization
Deliver a more tailored global experience with expanded English language choices, simplified address formatting, and improved
translation accuracy. Enable ICU locale formats to keep your data consistent across regions.

Discover 11 New Regional English Variations

Eleven new English languages on our platform provide a more inclusive and personalized experience for users in different regions.
This change reflects our commitment to diversity and inclusivity for our global community.
Enjoy a Streamlined State and Country Picklist Setup Process
Enhancements to the State and Country Picklist make it easier to set up and improve usability. For example, enabling state and
country picklists for address fields now takes fewer steps, which reduces the number of actions required for enablement. The Enable
Picklists for Address Fields button is visible and grayed out when not active, so it’s easy to check the status. Also, a new feature
automatically maps standard states and countries, which saves you time and minimizes errors.
Review Updated Label Translations
To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for
these languages: Arabic, Bulgarian, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German,
Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European),
Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)
To conduct business wherever you are, adopt the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats. Locales control the
formats for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The
ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications
across the globe. When you enable this update, the ICU locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats
in Salesforce. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and will be enforced on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’24.
Some Supported Time Zones No Longer Available
Some time zones are no longer supported on our platform. Cuba Daylight Time (America/Havana), Cuba Standard Time
(America/Havana), and Korean Standard Time (Asia/Pyongyang) are no longer available.

216
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Globalization

Discover 11 New Regional English Variations

Eleven new English languages on our platform provide a more inclusive and personalized experience for users in different regions. This
change reflects our commitment to diversity and inclusivity for our global community.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
Why:These regional English language variations have been added.
• English (Czechia): en_CZ
• English (Denmark): en_DK
• English (France): en_FR
• English (Hungary): en_HU
• English (Norway): en_NO
• English (Poland): en_PL
• English (Romania): en_RO
• English (Slovakia): en_SK
• English (Spain): en_ES
• English (Sweden): en_SE
• English (Switzerland): en_CH

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Supported Languages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enjoy a Streamlined State and Country Picklist Setup Process

Enhancements to the State and Country Picklist make it easier to set up and improve usability. For example, enabling state and country
picklists for address fields now takes fewer steps, which reduces the number of actions required for enablement. The Enable Picklists for
Address Fields button is visible and grayed out when not active, so it’s easy to check the status. Also, a new feature automatically maps
standard states and countries, which saves you time and minimizes errors.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure State and Country/Territory Picklists (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Standard Countries and Territories for Address Picklists (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Review Updated Label Translations

To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these
languages: Arabic, Bulgarian, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian,
Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

217
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Connect

How: To review the changes, see Review Winter ‘25 Updated Label Translations and download the attached list of changes. If you want
to use a different translation for tab and field labels, you can change the name.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Rename Object, Tab, and Field Labels (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)

To conduct business wherever you are, adopt the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats. Locales control the formats
for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The ICU locale
formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe.
When you enable this update, the ICU locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats in Salesforce. This update
was first made available in Winter ’20 and will be enforced on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions,
except Database.com.
When: Salesforce is retiring JDK locale formats and enforcing ICU locale formats on a rolling basis starting with the Spring ’24 release.
Salesforce orgs created in Winter ’20 or later have ICU locale formats enabled by default. You can defer the enforcement until Summer
’25 through the UI. Salesforce emails admins 30 to 60 days before the ICU enablement for their orgs. After the ICU locale formats are
enabled, Salesforce also notifies admins of that event.
How: To enable this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. To
Enable ICU Locale Formats, follow the testing and activation steps.
The English (Canada) locale (en_CA) requires separate activation. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and
select User Interface. Then select Enable ICU formats for en_CA, and save your changes.
To defer the enforcement of the ICU locale formats until Summer‘25, in Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and
select User Interface. Then deselect Enable ICU locale formats as part of the scheduled rollout and save your changes. This option
is visible only if your org uses the JDK locale formats.

Some Supported Time Zones No Longer Available

Some time zones are no longer supported on our platform. Cuba Daylight Time (America/Havana), Cuba Standard Time (America/Havana),
and Korean Standard Time (Asia/Pyongyang) are no longer available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Supported Time Zones

Salesforce Connect
Improve the security of your Snowflake integrations by using Private Connect with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake.
Enhancements to the Apex Connector Framework help you access more external data types with a custom adapter for Salesforce Connect.
The OData 2.0 adapter is updated to use the Apache Olingo HTTP library.

218
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Connect

Use a Private Connection with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake
Securely send traffic from your Salesforce org to your AWS Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) when your users access and query Snowflake
data via the Salesforce Connect SQL adapter. When your users work with Snowflake data in Salesforce, callouts to Snowflake are
routed privately through the connection and don’t traverse the public internet.
Enhance Your Custom Adapter for Salesforce Connect with More External Data Types
The custom adapter for Salesforce Connect now supports all external object field types so that your users can get better insights
into your business. With support for additional field types, your users can work with and search across a richer set of external data
directly in Salesforce.
Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter HTTP Library Is Updated
To provide you with the latest security standards, the OData4J Jersey HTTP library that supports the OData 2.0 adapter for Salesforce
Connect is updated to version 2.4.2 in orgs with existing integrations. Previously, the OData 2.0 adapter used an earlier version of
the OData4J Jersey library for HTTP callouts.

Use a Private Connection with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake
Securely send traffic from your Salesforce org to your AWS Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) when your users access and query Snowflake data
via the Salesforce Connect SQL adapter. When your users work with Snowflake data in Salesforce, callouts to Snowflake are routed
privately through the connection and don’t traverse the public internet.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select Private Connect. Create an outbound connection, and then, on
the Named Credentials page, create an external credential and a named credential. Next, define an external data source of type SQL and
choose Snowflake as the provider. Connect Salesforce to access data stored in Snowflake via the private connection.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Secure Cross-Cloud Integrations with Private Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Define a Named Credential for Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Enhance Your Custom Adapter for Salesforce Connect with More External Data Types
The custom adapter for Salesforce Connect now supports all external object field types so that your users can get better insights into
your business. With support for additional field types, your users can work with and search across a richer set of external data directly in
Salesforce.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: To use the Apex Connector Framework to map external data to Salesforce external objects, create or update a
DataSource.Connection Apex class. The newly supported external object field types include:
• Picklist
• Picklist (Multi-Select)

219
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes AppExchange

• Time

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Access External Data with a Custom Adapter for Salesforce Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Apex Developer Guide: Get Started with the Apex Connector Framework
Apex Reference Guide: DataType Enum

Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter HTTP Library Is Updated

To provide you with the latest security standards, the OData4J Jersey HTTP library that supports the OData 2.0 adapter for Salesforce
Connect is updated to version 2.4.2 in orgs with existing integrations. Previously, the OData 2.0 adapter used an earlier version of the
OData4J Jersey library for HTTP callouts.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: If you purchased an OData tool from a third-party vendor, ask the vendor about known issues with the Jersey 2.4.2 library. If you
developed your own OData service, review any customizations to HTTP responses.
To make sure that your integrations don’t rely on non-standard, implementation-specific HTTP behaviors, we also recommend retesting
this functionality in your sandbox for the external data source and external objects.
• Validate and Sync
• List views
• Reports
• Customizations built with Apex code or in Flow Builder that interact with external objects from the external data source

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Access External Data with OData Adapters for Salesforce Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

AppExchange
Start a test drive, Trialforce trial, and sandbox installation easily with the more streamlined AppExchange trial experience.

Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease

Try apps and solutions in fewer steps with the streamlined AppExchange trial experience. Launch test drives, Trialforce trials, and
sandbox installations from a single location by using the new Try It Free action. Compare the features and benefits of trial options
more easily in the enhanced user interface.

Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease

Try apps and solutions in fewer steps with the streamlined AppExchange trial experience. Launch test drives, Trialforce trials, and sandbox
installations from a single location by using the new Try It Free action. Compare the features and benefits of trial options more easily in
the enhanced user interface.
Where: This change applies to the AppExchange website.

220
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Setup

How: To explore all the trial options that are available for an app or solution, go to its AppExchange listing and click Try It Free (1).
Previously, you started a test drive from the AppExchange listing page and a Trialforce trial or sandbox installation with the Get It Now
action.

To see if a trial option is a good fit for your use case, review the features and benefits (1).

General Setup
View and edit user information more easily with enhancements to the User Access Summary page. Give your mobile users Dynamic
Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms at the same time with an updated option in Setup.

Manage Details About a User in One Place

User information is now consolidated on the improved User Access Summary page, so it’s easier to view and edit that information.
The standard and custom user fields that appear on the summary page match the User Details section of the user’s assigned user
profile page layout.
Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One Click
The option to enable Dynamic Forms on Mobile has been expanded to include the new Dynamic Highlights Panel on mobile devices.
With one click, give your mobile users access to the same Dynamic Forms fields and Dynamic Highlights Panel that they see on
desktop record pages.
Restore Only the Latest Entity History Records for a Deleted Entity
Restore only the top 20,000 most recent and relevant history records for a deleted entity record by enabling Field History Tracking.
This restoration limit enhances database query latency and overall performance.

221
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Setup

Manage Details About a User in One Place

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View a User’s Access Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One Click
The option to enable Dynamic Forms on Mobile has been expanded to include the new Dynamic Highlights Panel on mobile devices.
With one click, give your mobile users access to the same Dynamic Forms fields and Dynamic Highlights Panel that they see on desktop
record pages.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: You can find the updated option in Setup. In the Quick Find box, enter Mobile, then select Salesforce Mobile App.

222
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

SEE ALSO:
Delivered Idea: Configure Record Highlights in Lightning App Builder
Salesforce Help: Dynamic Highlights Panel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Restore Only the Latest Entity History Records for a Deleted Entity
Restore only the top 20,000 most recent and relevant history records for a deleted entity record by enabling Field History Tracking. This
restoration limit enhances database query latency and overall performance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change is available to customers with Field History Tracking enabled on multiple entities.

Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Data Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included
in the Winter ’25 release are generally listed under September.
Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)
Hybrid search combines semantically aware vector search with the strength of keyword search to provide users with the most
relevant results. After merging the retrieved information from both searches, hybrid search ranks the results to show the most relevant
information. You can also influence the search results by configuring ranking factors, such as record recency or popularity.
Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One
Power all your Salesforce orgs from a single Data Cloud, extending your customer 360 across your entire organization with just a
few clicks. Data Cloud One enables seamless bidirectional metadata sharing between Data Cloud and its connected orgs. A connected
org can access unified data as if it had a local Data Cloud, and users in the org can access a subset of Data Cloud features in the Data
Cloud One app. You can build reports, dashboards, flows, agents, and ground AI with Data Cloud data, all within the connected
companion org.
Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists
Use the Data Access Level setting to limit access to Data Cloud data to controlled by parent queries issued through Data Cloud
related list enrichments. When the setting is selected, users can only view Data Cloud data in Data Cloud related lists if they have
permission to access parent objects. This setting also applies to other SOQL queries to Data Cloud data.
Share Data Between Data Cloud and Databricks Using Lakehouse Federation
Securely share Data Cloud data with Databricks by running federated queries using Lakehouse Federation without migrating your
data from Data Cloud to Databricks. You can access your data lake, data model, and calculated insight objects in your workspace
using the Unity Catalog in Databricks.

223
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

Maintain consistency across environments during upgrades by locking your data kit metadata in a managed package. As a package
owner, you can control and protect the data kit components from unauthorized changes. Only you can change or delete the entities.
After your managed packages are installed and deployed, the components are locked. Your end users can add entities, but can’t
modify or delete any deployed mappings or entities.
Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages
While a managed package can't contain both Data Cloud and other metadata in a single package, you can now create separate
packages with dependencies in your orgs. When creating a managed package with Data Cloud metadata, isolate the Data Cloud
metadata from the other metadata by creating separate packages. You can then create a dependency between the Data Cloud
package and the other packages.
Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data Kits
Save effort and speed up implementation of new rulesets by installing them from a data kit. When a ruleset is added to a data kit,
the data lake objects and data model objects required to run the ruleset are also added.
Activate a Data Model Object to an Activation Target
Send any data type to an activation target and have full control over C360 journeys with the Customer Engagement Platforms. Extend
activation beyond marketing and Customer Data Platform (CDP) applications to enhance customer interactions outside the Salesforce
ecosystem. Previously, you could only activate profile-based segments to an activation target.
Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related Attributes
Target specific audiences within a business by adding attributes from any related data model object (DMO) to the Activation
Membership filter. Previously, you could add attributes only from the Activation Membership DMO. You can now include filtering
attributes from 1: N, 1:1, and N:1 relationships in other DMOs and create more precise and comprehensive groups for activation.
Segment Schedule Time is Used to Ensure Accurate Filtering
For accurate segment filtering, the segment schedule time is used instead of the runtime. This enhancement applies to segment
filters using the Is Anniversary Of and Is Not Anniversary Of operators on the Date or DateTime columns of
external tables (BYOL).
Share Data in Near Real-Time Between Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift
Securely access Salesforce objects through Amazon Redshift using zero copy data shares. Create a data share and add data lake
objects, data model objects, or calculated insights objects. Set up a connection to your AWS account, and link the data share.
Expand Identity Resolution With Cross-Object Matching
Cross-object matching expands and optimizes your match rules so that identity resolution can identify matching profiles from data
in different objects. Cross-object matching means you can now match leads to accounts based on shared attributes such as company
name. Or, make the most out of your OTT data by matching a WhatsApp username to email addresses or phone numbers stored in
other objects, such as contact records.
Focus on Relevant Attributes When Creating Einstein Segments
Attributes are now grouped into suggested and additional sections so that you can zero in on the attributes that are most relevant
to your description. The suggested attributes appear at the top. The additional attributes listed aren't directly relevant to your
description. You can select attributes from both sections.
Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism
Einstein Data Prism works behind the scenes to enrich the Data Cloud schema with semantic descriptions. Data Prism correlates the
natural language phrases used in segment creation and your Data Cloud data, producing more accurate and relevant results. Einstein
Data Prism is automatically enabled with Einstein Segment Creation.
Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud Web and Mobile SDK
Elevate your personalization strategies and advertising campaigns across platforms like Meta by accessing user agent data.

224
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

Include More Attributes in Your Activation to LinkedIn

Increase the likelihood of matching a Data Cloud profile to a LinkedIn user. When creating an activation to LinkedIn, map the new
First Name, Last Name, Country Code, Google Ad ID, Company Title, and Job Title attributes.
Interaction Studio is Renamed Marketing Cloud Personalization
With the transition to Marketing Cloud Personalization, we’re in the process of updating the name in the UI, documentation, and
Trailhead. During the rebranding, the Interaction Studio name still appears in a few places.
Batch Data Transforms Are Updated Incrementally
Get reduced processing time and manage your costs with automatic incremental updates. Batch data transforms that meet specified
criteria now process only the most recent changes to your data instead of repeatedly running on data that’s been already updated.
This feature is built into batch data transforms.
Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with Upload File (Beta)
You can now ingest data from a local CSV file into Data Cloud using Upload File (Beta). After uploading, you can preview the data
before it’s stored in a data lake object.
Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party Connectors (Beta)
Check out the latest batch of connectors to make it easier for you to bring in data from your favorite sources. You can now access
over 100 connectors powered natively by Data Cloud. The connectors added in this release are: Act-On, ADP, Amazon Marketplace,
Apache Cassandra, Apache HBase, Apache Impala, Apache Phoenix, Azure Analysis Services, BigCommerce, CockroachDB, Facebook,
Google Sheets, Instagram, LinkedIn Ads, Microsoft 365 Excel Online, Microsoft Power BI XMLA, Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services,
OData, Paylocity, SAP ASE, SAP IQ, Shopify, Splunk, Square, Stripe, Twilio, Veeva Vault, WordPress, X Ads, YouTube Analytics, and
Zuora.
Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally Available)
Streamline your sales and marketing efforts by easily exporting comprehensive intelligence on companies directly into Salesforce
with ZoomInfo Connector. This integration, now generally available, not only saves you from manual data entry but also significantly
reduces research time, allowing you to focus on selling and marketing more effectively with up-to-date, detailed data from ZoomInfo.
Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL Connector Using Mutual Transport Layer Security
Mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) is an added layer of security that forces both parties to validate communication by exchanging
keys and certificates, making traffic secure and trusted in both directions. You can now select this method of authentication when
connecting with the Heroku PostgreSQL connector.
Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined
We removed the need to assign the Data Cloud Admin permission set prior to accessing Data Cloud Setup, making it easier to get
started. Now any Salesforce user with a system admin profile on an org with a Data Cloud license can access Data Cloud Setup. Then
take advantage of the guided setup that walks you through common setup steps. Data Cloud Setup navigation has also been updated
and reorganized to help you find what you’re looking for.
Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments
Get the most relevant data and enrich your CRM objects while conserving credits. When you create a copy field enrichment, define
a filter to copy only the records from a source object that match the criteria. For example, copy only the records that have a data
reliability score greater than 10. Previously, all records with a matching fully qualified key or data source ID were copied.
Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data Graph
Refresh an individual standard data graph as needed, from every hour up to once a month. Setting a shorter refresh schedule can
improve data freshness but can also increase usage costs.
Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph
When you save a draft of an unbuilt data graph, you can add and remove objects and fields while it remains in draft status.

225
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

When creating or editing a data graph, find data model objects (DMOs) faster using search with type-ahead suggestions showing
all non-cyclic paths to matches. Select the DMO you want from results that order the paths from shortest to longest.
Save the Salesforce CRM Permission Set Without License Restrictions
The Salesforce CRM connector permission set API has a new name. Previously called sfdc_c360a_sfdctrust_permSet, the API is now
called sfdc_a360_sfcrm_data_extract. If you use this API, you must update your code with the new name. The new permission set
now accepts the “View All Data” permissions, which means you’re no longer limited by license-related restrictions when saving the
permission set.
Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud
Our latest round of cross-cloud features for Data Cloud.
Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in Segmentation Is Being Retired
As of September 27, 2024, the Einstein Lookalike Segments feature is no longer available. To prevent stale user information and data,
we recommend that you delete lookalike segments created by Einstein.
Users Can View Only DLOs in Data Spaces They Have Access To
To reduce unauthorized access, we removed the View All and Modify All object permissions on data lake objects (DLOs) from the
standard Data Cloud User, Data Cloud Marketing Manager, and Data Cloud Marketing Specialist permission sets. However, Data
Cloud admins continue to have View All and Modify All object permissions.
Connect More Foundation Models for Generative AI Solutions
Einstein Studio allows you to plug into any external foundation model of your choice, provided it adheres to our Open Connector
specification, which is based on standard LLM APIs. In addition to our standard connectors for popular foundation models, you now
have new ways to easily connect LLMs to Salesforce to power your generative AI solutions.
Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)
Simplify search and retrieval of audio from audio and video data by transcribing and indexing content automatically in Data Cloud.
You can then query transcriptions to retrieve relevant information or similar items based on the text. The supported audio formats
are FLAC, MP3, and WAV. The supported video formats are AVI, MOV, and MP4. Transcriptions are generated using the Whisper-Large-V3
model.
Access Management Made Easy With the View All Data Permission
The Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set now includes the View All Data permission enabled by default.
Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)
Use the MuleSoft Direct connector to connect unstructured data from Confluence, Google Drive, SharePoint, and Sitemap into Data
Cloud for use in your AI, automation, or analytics workflows. After you set up the MuleSoft Direct connector, create unstructured
data lake objects and search index configurations for your data.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Release Notes Changes

Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Data Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included
in the Winter ’25 release are generally listed under September.

Feature Release Note

October ’24

226
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Feature Release Note

Activation Activate a Data Model Object to an Activation Target

Connect Salesforce Orgs Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One

Activation Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related Attributes

Connect Data Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud Web and Mobile SDK

Data Graphs Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data Graph

Data Graphs Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph

Data Graphs Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

Data Security Users Can View Only DLOs in Data Spaces They Have Access To

Marketing Cloud Personalization Interaction Studio is Renamed Marketing Cloud Personalization

Ingest Data Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL Connector Using Mutual Transport Layer Security
on page 234

Einstein Studio Connect More Foundation Models for Generative AI Solutions on page 237

Hybrid Search Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)

Unstructured Data Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)

Unstructured Data Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)

September ’24

Data Security Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists

Share Data Share Data Between Data Cloud and Databricks Using Lakehouse Federation

Build and Share Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

Build and Share Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages

Build and Share Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data Kits

Share Data Share Data in Near Real-Time Between Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift

Unify Profiles Expand Identity Resolution With Cross-Object Matching

Segmentation Focus on Relevant Attributes When Creating Einstein Segments

Segmentation Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism

Segmentation Segment Schedule Time is Used to Ensure Accurate Filtering

Data Transforms Batch Data Transforms Are Updated Incrementally

Ingest Data Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party Connectors (Beta)

Ingest Data Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally Available)

Cross Cloud Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

August ’24

227
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally
Available)

Feature Release Note

Ingest Data Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined

Activation Include More Attributes in Your Activation to LinkedIn

Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)

Hybrid search combines semantically aware vector search with the strength of keyword search to provide users with the most relevant
results. After merging the retrieved information from both searches, hybrid search ranks the results to show the most relevant information.
You can also influence the search results by configuring ranking factors, such as record recency or popularity.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise,Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting end of October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Hybrid Search

Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One

Power all your Salesforce orgs from a single Data Cloud, extending your customer 360 across your entire organization with just a few
clicks. Data Cloud One enables seamless bidirectional metadata sharing between Data Cloud and its connected orgs. A connected org
can access unified data as if it had a local Data Cloud, and users in the org can access a subset of Data Cloud features in the Data Cloud
One app. You can build reports, dashboards, flows, agents, and ground AI with Data Cloud data, all within the connected companion
org.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available on October 14, 2024.
How: Connect a Data Cloud One companion org, and select one or more data spaces to share with the connected org. Users in the
companion org can use the shared metadata to power platform features.

228
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists

SEE ALSO:
Video: Data Cloud One
Salesforce Help: Multi-Org Architecture Considerations
Salesforce Help: Connect Salesforce CRM Orgs to Data Cloud

Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists

Use the Data Access Level setting to limit access to Data Cloud data to controlled by parent queries issued through Data Cloud related
list enrichments. When the setting is selected, users can only view Data Cloud data in Data Cloud related lists if they have permission to
access parent objects. This setting also applies to other SOQL queries to Data Cloud data.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in September 2024.
How: In Setup, select the permission set and go to the Data Cloud Data Space Management, then select a data space. Update the User
Data Access Level setting.

Share Data Between Data Cloud and Databricks Using Lakehouse

Federation
Securely share Data Cloud data with Databricks by running federated queries using Lakehouse Federation without migrating your data
from Data Cloud to Databricks. You can access your data lake, data model, and calculated insight objects in your workspace using the
Unity Catalog in Databricks.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

229
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

When: This functionality is available starting in September 2024.

SEE ALSO:
External Site: Run federated queries on Salesforce Data Cloud

Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages

While a managed package can't contain both Data Cloud and other metadata in a single package, you can now create separate packages
with dependencies in your orgs. When creating a managed package with Data Cloud metadata, isolate the Data Cloud metadata from
the other metadata by creating separate packages. You can then create a dependency between the Data Cloud package and the other
packages.
Where: This change applies to first- and second-generation managed packages.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data Kits

Save effort and speed up implementation of new rulesets by installing them from a data kit. When a ruleset is added to a data kit, the
data lake objects and data model objects required to run the ruleset are also added.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in September 2024.

Activate a Data Model Object to an Activation Target

Send any data type to an activation target and have full control over C360 journeys with the Customer Engagement Platforms. Extend
activation beyond marketing and Customer Data Platform (CDP) applications to enhance customer interactions outside the Salesforce
ecosystem. Previously, you could only activate profile-based segments to an activation target.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Activation for a Data Model Object

230
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related
Attributes

Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related Attributes

Target specific audiences within a business by adding attributes from any related data model object (DMO) to the Activation Membership
filter. Previously, you could add attributes only from the Activation Membership DMO. You can now include filtering attributes from 1:
N, 1:1, and N:1 relationships in other DMOs and create more precise and comprehensive groups for activation.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add Filters to the Activation Membership

Segment Schedule Time is Used to Ensure Accurate Filtering

For accurate segment filtering, the segment schedule time is used instead of the runtime. This enhancement applies to segment filters
using the Is Anniversary Of and Is Not Anniversary Of operators on the Date or DateTime columns of external
tables (BYOL).
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Share Data in Near Real-Time Between Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift
Securely access Salesforce objects through Amazon Redshift using zero copy data shares. Create a data share and add data lake objects,
data model objects, or calculated insights objects. Set up a connection to your AWS account, and link the data share.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This functionality is available in Winter ’25.

Expand Identity Resolution With Cross-Object Matching

Cross-object matching expands and optimizes your match rules so that identity resolution can identify matching profiles from data in
different objects. Cross-object matching means you can now match leads to accounts based on shared attributes such as company
name. Or, make the most out of your OTT data by matching a WhatsApp username to email addresses or phone numbers stored in other
objects, such as contact records.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in September 2024.

Focus on Relevant Attributes When Creating Einstein Segments

Attributes are now grouped into suggested and additional sections so that you can zero in on the attributes that are most relevant to
your description. The suggested attributes appear at the top. The additional attributes listed aren't directly relevant to your description.
You can select attributes from both sections.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is
available in Lightning Experience.
When: This functionality begins rolling out in September 2024.

231
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism

How: In Data Cloud, create a segment and then select Create with Einstein. In the Einstein panel, enter a description of your segment
using simple text. View all the attributes sorted by relevance in the draft.

Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism

Einstein Data Prism works behind the scenes to enrich the Data Cloud schema with semantic descriptions. Data Prism correlates the
natural language phrases used in segment creation and your Data Cloud data, producing more accurate and relevant results. Einstein
Data Prism is automatically enabled with Einstein Segment Creation.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is
available in Lightning Experience.
When: This functionality begins rolling out in September 2024.

Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud Web and Mobile SDK
Elevate your personalization strategies and advertising campaigns across platforms like Meta by accessing user agent data.
To support this data, these default data lake object fields have been added: Browser, Browser Name, Browser Vendor, Browser Version
Number, Browser Rendering Engine, Device Manufacturer, Device Model, Device Type, OS Family, OS Vendor, OS Version Number, and
Raw User Agent.
Where: Website and Mobile App in Data Cloud Setup
When: These updates become available in October 2024.

Include More Attributes in Your Activation to LinkedIn

Increase the likelihood of matching a Data Cloud profile to a LinkedIn user. When creating an activation to LinkedIn, map the new First
Name, Last Name, Country Code, Google Ad ID, Company Title, and Job Title attributes.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Available with an Ad Audiences
license.
When: This functionality is available starting in August 2024.

Watch a video

Transcript (PDF)

Interaction Studio is Renamed Marketing Cloud Personalization

With the transition to Marketing Cloud Personalization, we’re in the process of updating the name in the UI, documentation, and Trailhead.
During the rebranding, the Interaction Studio name still appears in a few places.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This rebranding starts in October 2024.

Batch Data Transforms Are Updated Incrementally

Get reduced processing time and manage your costs with automatic incremental updates. Batch data transforms that meet specified
criteria now process only the most recent changes to your data instead of repeatedly running on data that’s been already updated. This
feature is built into batch data transforms.

232
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with Upload File (Beta)

Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is available to all customers by the end of September 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Batch Data Transform Run Types

Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with Upload File (Beta)
You can now ingest data from a local CSV file into Data Cloud using Upload File (Beta). After uploading, you can preview the data before
it’s stored in a data lake object.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: File Upload is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified
Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is
at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This feature is available in November 2024.
How: To upload a CSV file to a data stream, enable Connectors (Beta) in the Data Cloud Setup Feature Manager. In Data Cloud, go to
the Data Streams tab and use Upload File (Beta).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Data Cloud Features

Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party Connectors (Beta)

Check out the latest batch of connectors to make it easier for you to bring in data from your favorite sources. You can now access over
100 connectors powered natively by Data Cloud. The connectors added in this release are: Act-On, ADP, Amazon Marketplace, Apache
Cassandra, Apache HBase, Apache Impala, Apache Phoenix, Azure Analysis Services, BigCommerce, CockroachDB, Facebook, Google
Sheets, Instagram, LinkedIn Ads, Microsoft 365 Excel Online, Microsoft Power BI XMLA, Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services, OData,
Paylocity, SAP ASE, SAP IQ, Shopify, Splunk, Square, Stripe, Twilio, Veeva Vault, WordPress, X Ads, YouTube Analytics, and Zuora.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customer may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.
How: In Data Cloud Setup, under Other Connectors, create a connection using the available connectors. Then in the Data Streams tab,
select the connection as your source.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Data Cloud Features
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud: Connectors and Integrations

233
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo
Connector (Generally Available)

Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally
Available)
Streamline your sales and marketing efforts by easily exporting comprehensive intelligence on companies directly into Salesforce with
ZoomInfo Connector. This integration, now generally available, not only saves you from manual data entry but also significantly reduces
research time, allowing you to focus on selling and marketing more effectively with up-to-date, detailed data from ZoomInfo.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in Winter ’25.
How: In Data Cloud Setup, under Connectors, create a connection using the new ZoomInfo connector. Then in Data Streams, select the
connection as your source.

Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL Connector Using Mutual Transport

Layer Security
Mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) is an added layer of security that forces both parties to validate communication by exchanging
keys and certificates, making traffic secure and trusted in both directions. You can now select this method of authentication when
connecting with the Heroku PostgreSQL connector.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available in October 2024.
How: When you create a Heroku PostgreSQL connector, select mTLS as the authentication method. Add the keys and certificates provided
by the Heroku downloaded bundle.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Heroku PostgreSQL Connector

Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined

We removed the need to assign the Data Cloud Admin permission set prior to accessing Data Cloud Setup, making it easier to get started.
Now any Salesforce user with a system admin profile on an org with a Data Cloud license can access Data Cloud Setup. Then take
advantage of the guided setup that walks you through common setup steps. Data Cloud Setup navigation has also been updated and
reorganized to help you find what you’re looking for.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in August 2024.
Why: Access new guidance sets, step through common setup tasks, and track your progress on Data Cloud Setup Home.

234
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments

Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments

Get the most relevant data and enrich your CRM objects while conserving credits. When you create a copy field enrichment, define a
filter to copy only the records from a source object that match the criteria. For example, copy only the records that have a data reliability
score greater than 10. Previously, all records with a matching fully qualified key or data source ID were copied.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Copy Field, and then select Enrichments. To create a copy field enrichment, click
New and add the filter criteria.

SEE ALSO:
Analyze Your Data Help: Relative Date Filter Reference
Analyze Your Data Help: Add Filter Logic
Analyze Your Data Help: Filter Operators Reference

Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data Graph

Refresh an individual standard data graph as needed, from every hour up to once a month. Setting a shorter refresh schedule can improve
data freshness but can also increase usage costs.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph

When you save a draft of an unbuilt data graph, you can add and remove objects and fields while it remains in draft status.

235
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

When creating or editing a data graph, find data model objects (DMOs) faster using search with type-ahead suggestions showing all
non-cyclic paths to matches. Select the DMO you want from results that order the paths from shortest to longest.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These features become available in October 2024.

Save the Salesforce CRM Permission Set Without License Restrictions

The Salesforce CRM connector permission set API has a new name. Previously called sfdc_c360a_sfdctrust_permSet, the API is now
called sfdc_a360_sfcrm_data_extract. If you use this API, you must update your code with the new name. The new permission set now
accepts the “View All Data” permissions, which means you’re no longer limited by license-related restrictions when saving the permission
set.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in October 2024.
How: The permission API is internal, but it's displayed on the details page for the Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set. Any
scripts that use the retired sfdc_c360a_sfdctrust_permSet API name will return 0 after you upgrade to Winter '25.

Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Our latest round of cross-cloud features for Data Cloud.
New and Changed Features
• Data Cloud and Analytics:
– CRM Analytics: Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM Analytics Assets (Beta)
– Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards: Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

• Data Cloud and Industries

– Data Cloud and Communications Cloud: Data Cloud Features for Communications Cloud
– Data Cloud and Education Cloud: Build Stronger Alumni Relationships with Einstein and Data Cloud for Education: Alumni Metrics
– Data Cloud and Loyalty Management: Find Members' Data Cloud Segments Faster with Data Graphs
– Data Cloud and Referral Marketing: Accelerate Customer Segment Verification for Promotions

• Data Cloud and Marketing Cloud Account Engagement:

– Gain Insights with Form and Landing Page Engagement Data in Data Cloud
– Create More Data Cloud Segments per Business Unit

• Data Cloud and Commerce:

– See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal Targets in the Insights Workspace
– Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few Clicks

• Data Cloud and Salesforce Shield

236
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in Segmentation Is Being
Retired

– Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud

• Data Cloud and Service Cloud:

– Integrate Knowledge and Unified Knowledge with Data Cloud

Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in Segmentation Is Being Retired

As of September 27, 2024, the Einstein Lookalike Segments feature is no longer available. To prevent stale user information and data,
we recommend that you delete lookalike segments created by Einstein.

Users Can View Only DLOs in Data Spaces They Have Access To
To reduce unauthorized access, we removed the View All and Modify All object permissions on data lake objects (DLOs) from the standard
Data Cloud User, Data Cloud Marketing Manager, and Data Cloud Marketing Specialist permission sets. However, Data Cloud admins
continue to have View All and Modify All object permissions.
We also removed these permissions from objects that have a foreign key relationship with the Marketing DLO (MktDataLakeObject).
Users with these standard permission sets can view data streams, but access to components containing DLO metadata is restricted
unless they have the required data space permissions.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in October 2024.
How: To grant users permission to view specific DLOs, assign them to a permission set associated with the data spaces that the DLO
lives in.

Connect More Foundation Models for Generative AI Solutions

Einstein Studio allows you to plug into any external foundation model of your choice, provided it adheres to our Open Connector
specification, which is based on standard LLM APIs. In addition to our standard connectors for popular foundation models, you now
have new ways to easily connect LLMs to Salesforce to power your generative AI solutions.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: Support for open connections to external LLMs is generally available on October 23, 2024.
How: In Einstein Studio, go to the Foundation Models tab and click Add Foundation Model.

237
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally
Available)

Select Connect to Your LLM and enter your model's standard REST API endpoint as well as other details. LLMs must support standard
foundation model capabilities, such as chat completions. After the foundation model is established, you can configure and test the
model in Model Playground and deploy it to production. Or you can use it in Prompt Builder or the Models API.

SEE ALSO:
Use AI Models Help: Add a Foundation Model
Einstein Generative AI Help: LLM Open Connector

Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)

Simplify search and retrieval of audio from audio and video data by transcribing and indexing content automatically in Data Cloud. You
can then query transcriptions to retrieve relevant information or similar items based on the text. The supported audio formats are FLAC,
MP3, and WAV. The supported video formats are AVI, MOV, and MP4. Transcriptions are generated using the Whisper-Large-V3 model.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This functionality is generally available starting in October 2024.
How: In the search index advanced setup, create a search index configuration for a UDMO based on audio and video files. Transcription
processing occurs when you create the search index configuration. Note that in some cases, issues in the third-party transcription model
has led to the generation of non-English text and the repetition of phrases in transcriptions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Search Index Reference

Access Management Made Easy With the View All Data Permission
The Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set now includes the View All Data permission enabled by default.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available in November 2024.

238
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct
(Beta)

How: The Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set comes equipped with pre-defined user permissions and object-level
permissions. You can customize the Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set to fit your organization's needs. For existing
permission sets, you can manually apply the View All Data setting or set permissions to individual objects one at a time.

Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)
Use the MuleSoft Direct connector to connect unstructured data from Confluence, Google Drive, SharePoint, and Sitemap into Data
Cloud for use in your AI, automation, or analytics workflows. After you set up the MuleSoft Direct connector, create unstructured data
lake objects and search index configurations for your data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: The MuleSoft Direct Connector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This functionality is available starting in October 2024.
How: In Feature Manager, enable the MuleSoft Direct connector. In Salesforce Setup, select Integrations > Integration Solutions >
Mulesoft Direct Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Connect Unstructured Data Using MuleSoft Direct (Beta)

Lightning Components
LWC API version 62.0 provides HTML class binding support, access to the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object
using this.style, and access to the parent element using this.hostElement. Debug your components in LWS and
switch certain distortions off and on to observe behavior differences. LWS automatic enablement is postponed indefinitely.
Lightning Design System
The Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) includes the resources to create user interfaces consistent with Salesforce Lightning
principles, design language, and best practices.
Visualforce
Check whether you’re affected when all unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the force.com domain.
Apex
Access Event Monitoring free tier usage to track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution. See expanded coverage for exception
data logged in event log files. Review SOQL error and functionality changes and understand their impact on existing code. Experience
more consistent results when iterating over elements in a set.
API
The CORS allowlist you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain. The previously announced retirement of API versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce
Platform API is delayed until Summer ’25.

239
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

DevOps Center
Salesforce DevOps Center provides an improved experience around change and release management that brings DevOps standard
practices to your development team, regardless of where team members fall on the low-code to pro-code spectrum. All developers
and builders can work together to deliver value to customers in a repeatable and scalable way.
Development Environments
Development environments are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test existing or new features and
custom applications. They include Developer Edition orgs, sandboxes, and scratch orgs.
Platform Development Tools
Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated
experience for custom app development on Salesforce.
Heroku
Use Heroku to build, deliver, monitor, and scale innovative apps fast. Publish your Heroku apps as External Services and create actions
in Salesforce.
Salesforce Functions
Salesforce Functions is retiring on January 31, 2025. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions.
Change Data Capture
Check out the objects that are enabled for change data capture.
Platform Events
Process high volumes of platform events efficiently with parallel subscriptions. Learn about the retirement of standard-volume
platform events.
Event Bus
Use event relays with filtered and enriched channels.
New and Changed Items for Developers
Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize
Salesforce features.

Note: Looking for new and changed Lightning web components, Aura components, and Aura component interfaces? See the
lists of new and changed items at the end of the Development section.

LWC API Version 62.0

To receive the latest fixes and enhancements in your component, we recommend that you upgrade your component API version
one version at a time. For example, upgrade from 58.0 to 59.0, fix any errors or warnings you encounter, and then repeat until you
get to the latest API version. Components that use LWC API version 58.0 and earlier continue to work based on LWC framework
behavior in Summer ’23. Update a component’s API version in its .js-meta.xml file. LWC API version 62.0 provides several new
features and bug fixes.
Create Components with Larger JavaScript File Sizes
A Lightning web component JavaScript file now has a maximum file size of 1 MB (1,000,000 bytes). Previously, the file size limit was
128 KB (131,072 bytes).

240
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Improve Accessibility with Base Lightning Components

Use base Lightning components to help meet accessibility requirements to support your users. Over several releases, we’ve updated
components to meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG). The latest components to receive accessibility updates are
lightning-input and lightning-modal.
Lightning Web Security Enablement Rollout Remains Postponed
Starting in Spring ’22, Salesforce began enabling Lightning Web Security (LWS) in some customer orgs. To minimize disruption for
customers with highly customized environments, we’re postponing automatic enablement indefinitely. If Salesforce resumes enabling
LWS in the future, we’ll announce it in the release notes. If LWS isn’t enabled yet in your org, we encourage you to enable it in a
sandbox environment to test your components running in LWS.
Gain Insight into Component Code by Switching LWS Distortions Off and On
Debug your components in LWS and switch certain distortions off and on so that you can observe behavior differences. To temporarily
disable a distortion, open a page with your component running in a browser and then enter commands to set flags in the browser
developer console.
API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security
Lightning Web Security includes new security protections with additional distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions
are also available.
Develop Lightning Web Components with TypeScript (Developer Preview)
To improve developer productivity and code quality, you can now author new Lightning web components (LWCs) with TypeScript.
You can also convert existing JavaScript components to TypeScript. Previously, LWC projects only supported JavaScript components.
Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview (Beta)
With Local Dev (beta), you can develop your Lightning web components (LWCs) in a real-time preview of your Lightning app or
Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime site. The preview automatically updates in your browser whenever Local Dev detects
source code changes, so you can iterate faster on your LWCs without deploying code or manually refreshing the page. Migrate to
the new Local Dev experience before we eventually deprecate the LWC Local Development Server, which has limited testing and
previewing capabilities.
Be Aware of Base Lightning Component Internal DOM Structure Changes for Future Native Shadow Support
Salesforce is preparing the base Lightning components to adopt native shadow DOM to enhance performance and comply with
Web Components standards. These updates change the internal DOM structure. Ensure that your tests don’t rely on the previous
internal structure of these components.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide
Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide

LWC API Version 62.0

To receive the latest fixes and enhancements in your component, we recommend that you upgrade your component API version one
version at a time. For example, upgrade from 58.0 to 59.0, fix any errors or warnings you encounter, and then repeat until you get to the
latest API version. Components that use LWC API version 58.0 and earlier continue to work based on LWC framework behavior in Summer
’23. Update a component’s API version in its .js-meta.xml file. LWC API version 62.0 provides several new features and bug fixes.

Manage Styles with Class Object Binding

241
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Access the Parent Element on a Component

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the parent element using this.hostElement in a renderedCallback or in
another callback.
Access the Component’s Style Information
In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object using this.style. You
can use this.style to easily change the component’s style at runtime.
Stricter ESLint Rules for Imports and Exports
In LWC API version 62.0 and later, only components with valid imports and exports can be deployed to an org. If you receive an
"invalid import" or "invalid export" error, check your imports and exports before deploying to an org.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: API Versioning (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage Styles with Class Object Binding

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, you can provide multiple classes on an element with a JavaScript array or object. By using class object
binding, you no longer have to concatenate strings to pass in multiple classes.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: Let’s say you have a button that evaluates an object with multiple properties. Those properties determine which classes are
rendered.
<button onclick={doSomething} class={computedClassNames}>Submit</button>

To work with multiple classes, pass in an array or object to the class attribute. For example:
import { LightningElement } from 'lwc';

export default class extends LightningElement {

variant = null;
position = "left";
fullWidth = true;
disabled = false;

// Class binding with an object

get computedClassNames() {
return [
"button__icon",
this.variant && `button_${this.variant}`,
this.position && `button_${this.position}`,
{
"button_full-width": this.fullWidth,
"button_disabled": this.disabled,
},
];
}
}

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, the element renders like this:
<button class="button__icon button_left button_full-width">Submit</button>

242
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

In LWC API version 61.0 and earlier, the element renders differently:
<button class="button__icon,,button_left,[object Object]">Submit</button>

Consider the impact of these changes for class object binding.

• Booleans, numbers, and functions are removed instead of converted to a string.
• Arrays and objects are no longer converted to a string.
There aren’t any changes if your class attribute renders a string, null, or undefined.
Let’s look at an example.
<template>
<div class={myClass}></div>
</template>

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, if myClass evaluates to false, true, or a number, the template renders like this.
<div class=""></div>

In LWC API version 61.0 and earlier, it converts the values to a string.

<div class="false"></div>
<div class="true"></div>
<div class="1"></div>

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, arrays and objects follow class object binding semantics. In previous versions, they were converted to
a string. Let’s say {myClass} evaluates an array ["highlight", "yellow"]. The element renders class="highlight
yellow" instead of class="highlight,yellow".
Similarly, if {myClass} evaluates an object { highlight: true, yellow: false }, the element renders
class="highlight" instead of class="[object Object]".

SEE ALSO:
LWC OSS v7.0.0: Class object binding
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Bind HTML Classes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access the Parent Element on a Component

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the parent element using this.hostElement in a renderedCallback or in another
callback.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: By using this.hostElement, you can retrieve the properties on the HTMLElement class.
// c-light
import { LightningElement } from "lwc";

export default class extends LightningElement {

static renderMode = "light"; // default is 'shadow'

renderedCallback() {
console.log(this.hostElement); // logs <c-light>

243
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

console.log(this.hostElement.tagName); // logs C-LIGHT

}
}

In light DOM, this.template.host returns undefined. In shadow DOM,this.hostElement is interchangeable with

this.template.host.

Note: If you used this.hostElement and depended on its initial undefined value, upgrading to LWC API version 62.0
requires changes to your code. The this.hostElement property is now no longer undefined and is initially a truthy value.
We recommend that you rename your this.hostElement property, for example, this.myHostElement. Alternatively,
set hostElement to undefined before you assign a value to it.

SEE ALSO:
LWC OSS v7.0.0: New this.hostElement property

Access the Component’s Style Information

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object using this.style. You can
use this.style to easily change the component’s style at runtime.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: Access your component’s style information using this.style.
renderedCallback() {
this.style.color = 'red';
}

By using this.style, you can also use the methods on the CSSStyleDeclaration class.
import { LightningElement } from "lwc";

export default class extends LightningElement {

static renderMode = "light"; // default is 'shadow'

setStyle() {
this.style.setProperty('color', 'red');
this.style.setProperty(’border', '1px solid eee');
console.log(this.style.color); // logs "red"
}
}

In LWC API version 61.0 and earlier, this.style returns undefined in light DOM and you can use
this.children[0].parentElement.style as an alternative. In shadow DOM, you can use
this.template.host.style and this.style interchangeably.

Note: If you used this.style and depended on its initial undefined value, upgrading to LWC API version 62.0 requires
changes to your code. The this.style property is now no longer undefined and is initially a truthy value. We recommend

244
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

that you rename your this.style property, for example, this.customStyle. Alternatively, set style to undefined
before you assign a value to it.

SEE ALSO:
LWC OSS v7.0.0: New this.style property

Stricter ESLint Rules for Imports and Exports

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, only components with valid imports and exports can be deployed to an org. If you receive an "invalid
import" or "invalid export" error, check your imports and exports before deploying to an org.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app.
Why: The stricter rules better match the intention for these ESLint rules, which is to prevent developers from importing internal or private
APIs from the lwc package. Previously, developers were able to depend on the incorrect behavior of these restrictions.
How: In LWC API version 62.0 and later, these import statements are no longer valid.
// Don’t do this
import 'lwc';
export * as lwc from 'lwc';
export {} from 'lwc';
export { privateFunction } from 'lwc';

Consider these guidelines.

• Bare imports are not allowed on lwc. Use named imports like import { LightningElement } from 'lwc'.
• Exporting from lwc is not allowed.
• Bare exports are not allowed on lwc. Use named exports like export { LightningElement } from 'lwc' instead.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Share JavaScript Code
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Set up Linting

Create Components with Larger JavaScript File Sizes

A Lightning web component JavaScript file now has a maximum file size of 1 MB (1,000,000 bytes). Previously, the file size limit was 128
KB (131,072 bytes).
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Component JavaScript File

Improve Accessibility with Base Lightning Components

245
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
How: Consider several accessibility changes on these base components.
• The lightning-input component now displays the expected date format below the text input field for input types date
and datetime. This informative text helps users who enter the date in the text field instead of selecting from the date picker.
Previously, users were informed of the expected format in an error message if they entered the date incorrectly.
• The lightning-modal component now displays the X close button with a white background. Previously, the background was
transparent. The white background increases the visibility of the button. The slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer
applied to the close icon.
In Spring ’24 and Summer ’24, many more base Lightning components received accessibility updates. See Lightning Components: New
and Changed Items in those release notes for details.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates
Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Lightning Web Security Enablement Rollout Remains Postponed

Starting in Spring ’22, Salesforce began enabling Lightning Web Security (LWS) in some customer orgs. To minimize disruption for
customers with highly customized environments, we’re postponing automatic enablement indefinitely. If Salesforce resumes enabling
LWS in the future, we’ll announce it in the release notes. If LWS isn’t enabled yet in your org, we encourage you to enable it in a sandbox
environment to test your components running in LWS.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

Gain Insight into Component Code by Switching LWS Distortions Off and On
Debug your components in LWS and switch certain distortions off and on so that you can observe behavior differences. To temporarily
disable a distortion, open a page with your component running in a browser and then enter commands to set flags in the browser
developer console.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions when debug mode is enabled.
How: Enable debug mode in your Salesforce org. With your component or application loaded and running in a browser, open the
browser’s developer tools console and then set a breakpoint or add a debugger statement directly in your code.
To list flags that you use to disable and enable distortions in the c default namespace, enter this command in the browser’s developer
console and then press Enter.
$LWS.namespaces.c.distortions

To disable one of the listed distortions, set the associated flag to false. For example, to disable distortions for the XMLHttpRequest
API, type this command and then press Enter.
$LWS.namespaces.c.distortions.xhr = false

In the developer console’s Sources view, use the debugger panel to observe the component running with the specified LWS distortion
disabled.

246
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

To enable the distortion again in the current session, set the flag to true. In addition, when you reload the page, all the flags are reset
to true.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Debug with Distortions Disabled (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security

Lightning Web Security includes new security protections with additional distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions
are also available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions, LWR-based Experience Cloud sites, and Lightning web components
in Aura sites when LWS is enabled.
How: These APIs have new distortions documented in the LWS Distortion Viewer (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview).
Corresponding ESLint rules are included in the ESLint package.
• DataTransfer.moz* (Firefox only APIs)
• Document.prototype.parseHTMLUnsafe
• Element.prototype.setHTMLUnsafe

Develop Lightning Web Components with TypeScript (Developer Preview)

To improve developer productivity and code quality, you can now author new Lightning web components (LWCs) with TypeScript. You
can also convert existing JavaScript components to TypeScript. Previously, LWC projects only supported JavaScript components.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

Note: TypeScript support for LWC is available as a developer preview. TypeScript support isn’t generally available unless or until
Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters,
and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality
developed with these commands or tools.
How: To configure TypeScript support for an LWC project, install TypeScript v5.4.5 or later, and make sure that the project contains a
tsconfig.json file. In the compilerOptions section of that file, set target to "ESNext". Then, make sure that the
experimentalDecorators compiler option is unset or set to false.
LWC module resolution works differently than TypeScript module resolution, so you must configure the paths compiler option. For
every LWC module that you use in your project, there must be a record in the paths config that maps each module to a file. If you’re
working in a Salesforce DX project, the Lightning Language Server extension for VS Code automatically handles this step.
To learn how to author LWCs with TypeScript, see Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: TypeScript Support for LWC (Developer
Preview). For general guidance on converting JavaScript toTypeScript, check out TypeScript: Migrating from JavaScript.

Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview (Beta)

With Local Dev (beta), you can develop your Lightning web components (LWCs) in a real-time preview of your Lightning app or Experience
Cloud Lightning Web Runtime site. The preview automatically updates in your browser whenever Local Dev detects source code changes,
so you can iterate faster on your LWCs without deploying code or manually refreshing the page. Migrate to the new Local Dev experience
before we eventually deprecate the LWC Local Development Server, which has limited testing and previewing capabilities.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

247
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Note: Local Dev is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
Who: Local Dev is available only for users in Winter ”25 sandbox orgs as an open beta, and it’s turned off by default.
How: To turn on Local Dev for your org, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Local Dev, and then select Local Dev. Select
Enable Local Dev (Beta) to turn it on for all org users.
For now, you can use this feature only from the command-line interface (CLI). Before you can start testing components and pages with
Local Dev, install the Salesforce CLI. Then, to learn how to run a real-time preview of your org’s site or app, see Lightning Web Components
Developer Guide: Test Components with Local Dev (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code: LWC Local Development (Beta)

Be Aware of Base Lightning Component Internal DOM Structure Changes for Future
Native Shadow Support
Salesforce is preparing the base Lightning components to adopt native shadow DOM to enhance performance and comply with Web
Components standards. These updates change the internal DOM structure. Ensure that your tests don’t rely on the previous internal
structure of these components.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
Why: Salesforce works continuously to align the base Lightning components with web standards. This newest effort is part of our process
for Lightning Web Components to support native shadow DOM in a future release (safe harbor). Since the Spring ‘23 release, 71
components have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM, as we announced in the Summer ’24 release notes.
In Winter ‘25, these additional components have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM.
• lightning-checkbox-group
• lightning-map
• lightning-progress-indicator
• lightning-progress-step
• lightning-relative-date-time
• lightning-slider
• lightning-tile
• lightning-tree
Salesforce documented that the internal component structure is protected. Salesforce may at any time redesign the internals of our
components to improve performance, enhance functionality, and support accessibility. See Anti-Patterns for Styling Components.

Important: If your tests rely on this protected internal DOM structure, rewrite your tests as soon as possible.

How:
To ensure that your tests are ready for the internal DOM structure changes, review your integration tests and selenium-based tests.
Additionally, make sure that your component CSS follows best practices. For supported integration tests, use the UI Test Automation
Model (UTAM) and UTAM Page Objects, which stay up to date with changes in component structure. For supported Selenium-based
tests, see Working With Shadow DOM Elements Using Webdriver. For supported CSS styling, see Style Components with Lightning
Design System in the Lightning Web Components Developer Guide.

248
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Design System

Lightning Design System

The Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) includes the resources to create user interfaces consistent with Salesforce Lightning
principles, design language, and best practices.

Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates

Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.

Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates

Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and Lightning Experience.
When: These changes are in Winter ’25. We improve SLDS frequently. For the latest changes, see What’s New in Lightning Design System
documentation. That page lists the changes by the date that we completed the change. The changes are rolled up into the next major
Salesforce release.
How: Improve your UI with these recent updates to SLDS component blueprints.
• Updated the datepickers blueprint with the required format for date input to display visually, improve accessibility, and meet Web
Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG).
• Updated the datetime picker blueprint with the required format for date input to display visually, improve accessibility, and meet
WCAG.
• Updated the modals blueprint to display a white background for the close button (X), which improves visibility for people with low
vision. Specifically, we updated the close button color from white to gray by removing the slds-button_icon-inverse
class.

Note: To display the modal close button correctly, don't use the slds-button_icon-inverse class in your close
button markup. If you use a button icon or icon for the modal close button, use the bare variant instead of the inverse variant.

SEE ALSO:
Known Issue: Modal close button is not visible with the new white background
SLDS: Salesforce Lightning Design System
W3C: Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG)

Visualforce
Check whether you’re affected when all unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the force.com domain.
For more information on features affected by these changes, refer to the Visualforce Developer Guide.

Update References to Visualforce Pages Served on Salesforce.com

249
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

Update References to Visualforce Pages Served on Salesforce.com

If your unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the salesforce.com domain, update hard-coded references, links, bookmarks, and
external integrations to those pages. To ensure continued access when browsers block third-party cookies, all Visualforce pages are
served on the force.com domain or a site domain.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Professional, Enterprise,
Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To determine whether this change applies to you and to make the required updates, see the knowledge article Ensure Access to
Your Visualforce Pages in Summer ’24 and Winter ’25.

Apex
Access Event Monitoring free tier usage to track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution. See expanded coverage for exception
data logged in event log files. Review SOQL error and functionality changes and understand their impact on existing code. Experience
more consistent results when iterating over elements in a set.
For more information on these enhancements, see the Apex Developer Guide and the Apex Reference Guide.

Track Apex Unexpected Exceptions with Free-Tier Event Monitoring

Take advantage of free-tier access to Event Monitoring, and track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution instead of relying
only on unhandled exception emails. Troubleshoot your Apex code by analyzing the information captured in the event log files for
the Apex Unexpected Exception event type.
Get More Coverage for Unexpected Exceptions in Apex Code Execution
Exceptions triggered by transactions with entry points as @AuraEnabled, @RestResource, and @InvocableAction
annotations are now captured in the Apex Unexpected Exception event type. Analyze the event log files that provide information
on exceptions triggered by these transactions. A spike in exception data logged in the event log files is possible because of the
expanded coverage.
Understand SOQL Error and Functionality Changes to Update Your Code
Updates in this release can impact existing Apex code that relies on old SOQL error messages and functionality, particularly code
that parses error messages from dynamic SOQL queries. Review these changes and update your code as needed.
See Improved Consistency When Iterating Sets
In API version 62.0 and later, modifying elements of a set while iterating the set in a for or foreach() loop throws an exception.
This behavior is versioned. In API 61.0 and earlier, modifications to sets while iterating were sometimes allowed and generated
unexpected results.
Write Mock SOQL Tests for External Objects
To increase code coverage and quality, you can now write better Apex unit tests for external objects and mock SOQL query responses
by using the new SOQL stub methods and a new test class. Use basic and joined SOQL queries against external objects and return
mock records in a testing context.

Track Apex Unexpected Exceptions with Free-Tier Event Monitoring

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference: Apex Unexpected Exception Event Type
Salesforce Help: Event Log File Browser

Get More Coverage for Unexpected Exceptions in Apex Code Execution

Exceptions triggered by transactions with entry points as @AuraEnabled, @RestResource, and @InvocableAction
annotations are now captured in the Apex Unexpected Exception event type. Analyze the event log files that provide information on
exceptions triggered by these transactions. A spike in exception data logged in the event log files is possible because of the expanded
coverage.
Where: This change applies to all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference: Apex Unexpected Exception Event Type
Salesforce Help: Event Log File Browser

Understand SOQL Error and Functionality Changes to Update Your Code

Updates in this release can impact existing Apex code that relies on old SOQL error messages and functionality, particularly code that
parses error messages from dynamic SOQL queries. Review these changes and update your code as needed.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: Review the changes in functionality and updates to error messages.
• Support for negative currency values in dynamic SOQL queries in multi-currency orgs, such as SELECT Name FROM
Invoice__c WHERE Balance__c < USD-500.
• New error messages with invalid dynamic SOQL queries.
– SELECT Id FROM Account USING everything
Old: unexpected token: '<EOF>'
New: unexpected token: 'everything'

– SELECT ParentId, Value FROM InteractionRefOrValue WHERE ParentId IN ()

Old: unexpected token: ')'
New: unexpected token: 'ParentId IN ()'

– SELECT FROM ServicePresenceStatus

Old: unexpected token: 'FROM'
New: unexpected token: 'SELECT FROM'

251
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

– SELECT Id from $casecomment WHERE isdeleted = false

Old: line 1:15 no viable alternative at character '$'
New: line 1:15 unexpected token: '$'

– SELECT lastmodifieddate, companyna fr$om user

Old: unexpected token: user
New: missing value at 'user'

• New error message with quotes surrounding an unexpected token in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT annualrevenue , parentid
FROM Account
WHERE
(isDeleted = false AND NumberOfEmployees != 100)
OR (isDeleted = false AND Site = '999')
AND ParentId = '000000000000000' LIMIT 50000

Old: unexpected token: AND

New: unexpected token: 'AND'

• New error message when using NULL literals in WHERE statements with the LIKE keyword in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT Id, Name, Country__c, State__c, City__c, PAN_Number__c
FROM Account WHERE PAN_Number__c LIKE NULL AND Name LIKE '%a%'

Old: invalid operator

New: unexpected token: 'NULL'

• New error message when using more than two nested functions in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT convertCurrency(calendar_year(convertTimezone(lastmodifieddate))) FROM
account

Old: expecting a right parentheses, found ‘(’

New: unexpected token: ‘(’

• New error messages with invalid datetime literals in dynamic SOQL queries.

252
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

– SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE SystemModstamp >

2020-12-12t12:12:00-25:00

Old: line 1:67 mismatched character '5' expecting set '0'..'3'

New: Invalid datetime: 2020-12-12t12:12:00-25:00

– SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE SystemModstamp >

2020-52-12t12:12:00-05:00

Old: line 1:51 no viable alternative at character '5'

New: Invalid datetime: 2020-52-12t12:12:00-05:00

• New error message when there isn’t a valid bind variable reference after a colon in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT Id FROM Custom_User_Attribute__c WHERE User__c =:
0050W000007Jz7jQAC

Old: Only variable references are allowed in dynamic SOQL/SOSL

New: unexpected token: '0050'

See Improved Consistency When Iterating Sets

In API version 62.0 and later, modifying elements of a set while iterating the set in a for or foreach() loop throws an exception.
This behavior is versioned. In API 61.0 and earlier, modifications to sets while iterating were sometimes allowed and generated unexpected
results.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: This sample code removes elements while iterating the set, which throws an exception: System.FinalException:
Cannot modify a collection while it is being iterated.

Set<String> set_string = new Set<String>{'one', 'two', 'three'};

for (String str : set_string) {
System.debug(str);
set_string.remove(str);

System.debug(set_string.contains(str));
}
System.debug(set_string);

SEE ALSO:
Apex Developer Guide: Iterating Collections

Write Mock SOQL Tests for External Objects

To increase code coverage and quality, you can now write better Apex unit tests for external objects and mock SOQL query responses
by using the new SOQL stub methods and a new test class. Use basic and joined SOQL queries against external objects and return mock
records in a testing context.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

253
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes API

How: Create mock test classes by extending the new System.SoqlStubProvider class and overriding the
handleSoqlQuery() class method. Create external object records using either Test.createStubQueryRow() or
Test.createStubQueryRows(). Register the mock provider in the test using Test.createSoqlStub() and execute
the test code.

Note: Apex governor limits apply to the stubbed records.

The SOQL query must be against an external object, either directly with a FROM clause or via a subquery. These features aren’t allowed
within a stub implementation.
• SOQL
• SOSL
• Callouts
• Future methods
• Queueable jobs
• Batch jobs
• DML
• Platform events

SEE ALSO:
Apex Developer Guide: Mock SOQL Tests for External Objects

API
The CORS allowlist you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain. The previously announced retirement of API versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform
API is delayed until Summer ’25.

Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL

To prevent service interruptions, update instanced URLs in your API calls to your My Domain login URL before June 14, 2025. An
instanced URL contains your Salesforce instance. For example, https://ap2.salesforce.com contains the instance ap2.
After your instance changes due to an org migration or an instance refresh, API traffic that uses a URL that contains your previous
instance is no longer routed to your new instance. My Domain login URLs always use the correct instance.
Benefit from Faster Metadata API Deployment Cancellations
Canceling a Metadata API deployment sometimes took too long if operations such as field type changes were involved, so we
implemented a new framework to shorten these longer cancellation times.
Service Protection Limit on Enqueued Apex Metadata API Deployments
To preserve service function and resources for all customers on a server, we now limit the number of deployments that can be
enqueued at a time from Apex Metadata API. Previously, there was no limit. We set the limit based on careful analysis to make sure
that it doesn’t impact your day-to-day operations. This limit applies only to enqueued Metadata API deployments that originate
from Apex. It doesn’t affect Metadata API deployments from Salesforce CLI, change sets, or packaging.
Enforce the CORS Allowlist on More Salesforce APIs
The CORS allowlist that you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain.

254
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes API

Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL

To find hard-coded references to instanced URLs, download your org’s metadata. Then use a code editor, such as Microsoft Visual Studio
Code, to search for instanced URLs. Replace the instanced URLs with your org’s My Domain login URL.
For example, if your org’s My Domain login URL is mycompany.my.salesforce.com and an API call uses
https://ap2.salesforce.com/services/Soap/class/DemoService, update the API call to use
https://mycompany.my.salesforce.com/services/Soap/class/DemoService.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Updating Hard-Coded References

Benefit from Faster Metadata API Deployment Cancellations

Canceling a Metadata API deployment sometimes took too long if operations such as field type changes were involved, so we implemented
a new framework to shorten these longer cancellation times.
Where: This change applies to all Salesforce editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Notes on Changing Custom Field Types

255
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes API

Service Protection Limit on Enqueued Apex Metadata API Deployments

To preserve service function and resources for all customers on a server, we now limit the number of deployments that can be enqueued
at a time from Apex Metadata API. Previously, there was no limit. We set the limit based on careful analysis to make sure that it doesn’t
impact your day-to-day operations. This limit applies only to enqueued Metadata API deployments that originate from Apex. It doesn’t
affect Metadata API deployments from Salesforce CLI, change sets, or packaging.
Where: This change applies to all Salesforce editions.

Enforce the CORS Allowlist on More Salesforce APIs

The CORS allowlist that you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain.
Where: This change applies to all Salesforce editions.

Get Started with Bitbucket Cloud (Beta)

Set up and configure Bitbucket Cloud as your source control system.
Celebrate Extensibility and Performance Enhancements
The latest DevOps Center package version includes some key enhancements that augment the underlying frameworks and improve
performance.

SEE ALSO:
DevOps Center roadmap: v7.5 Bug Fixes (September 2024)
Salesforce Help: Install and Configure DevOps Center
Salesforce Help: Manage and Release Changes Easily and Collaboratively with DevOps Center
DevOps Center Developer Guide

Get Started with Bitbucket Cloud (Beta)

Set up and configure Bitbucket Cloud as your source control system.

Note: DevOps Center Bitbucket Cloud support is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in:
• Developer, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions.
• Government Cloud Plus. Turning on DevOps Center in Government Cloud Plus orgs can send data outside the authorization boundary.
Contact your Salesforce account executive for more details.
Who: Users who are assigned the required DevOps Center permission sets, including DevOps Center Release Manager.
How: If you’re familiar with using DevOps Center with GitHub, some of the steps are different for setting up Bitbucket. As part of our
extensibility initiatives, we’re transforming our user interface, where DevOps Center functionality is moving to Lightning Experience so
you have more control and flexibility in customizing the user experience. During this transition period, some Bitbucket setup and

257
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Development Environments

configuration tasks are performed in Lightning Experience and some are performed in the DevOps Center app. Menu options and buttons
help you smoothly transition between the two.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Install and Configure DevOps Center

Celebrate Extensibility and Performance Enhancements

The latest DevOps Center package version includes some key enhancements that augment the underlying frameworks and improve
performance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in:
• Developer, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions.
• Government Cloud Plus. Turning on DevOps Center in Government Cloud Plus orgs can send data outside the authorization boundary.
Contact your Salesforce account executive for more details.
How:
• As part of our enhanced extensibility initiatives, we’re transforming our user interface, where DevOps Center functionality is moving
to Lightning Experience so you have more control and flexibility in customizing the user experience. During this transition period,
you now have access to several record pages and list views in Lightning Experience, in support of the Bitbucket beta. Menu options
and buttons help you smoothly transition between the two.
• We’ve created a framework that makes integrating Git-based source control systems in the future easier and more straightforward.
• If you work directly in the source control system, changes are reflected quicker and more reliably in DevOps Center. We removed
the dependency on the Github Events API to detect external actions.
• When adding changes to a work item, you can include components in a folder using the Add Components Manually feature.

SEE ALSO:
DevOps Center roadmap: v7.5 Bug Fixes (September 2024)

Development Environments
Development environments are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test existing or new features and
custom applications. They include Developer Edition orgs, sandboxes, and scratch orgs.

IdeaExchange Delivered: Upgrade Data Storage in Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
Upgrade the data storage of new or existing Developer sandboxes from 200 MB to 400 MB, or Developer Pro sandboxes from 1 GB
to 2 GB. More data storage enables you to develop and test solutions with larger data sets. With this extra storage, you can spend
more time developing innovations for your customers and less time deleting data to free up space in your developer sandboxes.
We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Create Your Own Libraries for Masking Data
Set up your own libraries of values outside of the defaults provided by Data Mask to replace your personally identifiable information
(PII). After you install the Data Mask managed package, your custom libraries can contain any string value, including digits, special
characters, and non-English alphabets. The new Custom Library feature is now shipped with the managed package and is automatically
updated when the managed package is upgraded.

258
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Development Environments

Set Up and Administer Data Mask Jobs More Easily

After you install the latest Data Mask managed package, it’s easier to set up, start, and monitor a Data Mask job and understand the
state of your sandbox’s personally identifiable information (PII). The new interface changes are now shipped with the managed
package and are automatically updated whenever the managed package is upgraded.
Changes to Selective Sandbox Access for Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
When you create or refresh a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox, you must provide access to the sandbox using a public group.
This feature improves sandbox creation times, enhances the login experience, and increases sandbox security. This feature doesn’t
apply to Partial Copy or Full sandboxes.

Upgrade Data Storage in Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes

Upgrade the data storage of new or existing Developer sandboxes from 200 MB to 400 MB, or Developer Pro sandboxes from 1 GB to 2
GB. More data storage enables you to develop and test solutions with larger data sets. With this extra storage, you can spend more time
developing innovations for your customers and less time deleting data to free up space in your developer sandboxes. We delivered this
feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes of Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Database.com editions.
Who: All users in the production org with the Manage Dev Sandboxes or Manage Sandboxes user permission.
How: If you purchase a sandbox add-on, you get the same number of storage licenses as the included Developer sandboxes. Existing
customers automatically get storage upgrade licenses provisioned to their orgs. If you’re a Communications Cloud, Media Cloud, or
Energy and Utilities Cloud customer, you can contact Salesforce Support to request additional storage upgrade licenses. For additional
questions, see Salesforce Help: Sandbox Data Storage Upgrades for all the answers.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sandbox Data Storage Upgrades
Salesforce Help: Create a Sandbox
Salesforce Help: Refresh a Sandbox

Create Your Own Libraries for Masking Data

Set up your own libraries of values outside of the defaults provided by Data Mask to replace your personally identifiable information (PII).
After you install the Data Mask managed package, your custom libraries can contain any string value, including digits, special characters,
and non-English alphabets. The new Custom Library feature is now shipped with the managed package and is automatically updated
when the managed package is upgraded.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions where Data Mask is installed.

Set Up and Administer Data Mask Jobs More Easily

After you install the latest Data Mask managed package, it’s easier to set up, start, and monitor a Data Mask job and understand the state
of your sandbox’s personally identifiable information (PII). The new interface changes are now shipped with the managed package and
are automatically updated whenever the managed package is upgraded.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions where Data Mask is installed.

259
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Changes to Selective Sandbox Access for Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
When you create or refresh a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox, you must provide access to the sandbox using a public group. This
feature improves sandbox creation times, enhances the login experience, and increases sandbox security. This feature doesn’t apply to
Partial Copy or Full sandboxes.
Where: This change applies to all newly created or refreshed Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes on all instances (Salesforce
first-party and Hyperforce) created using the Salesforce Sandbox Setup page.
When: This feature will be rolled out in the Sandbox Setup page beginning in Winter ’25. Starting in Spring ’25, when using the Tooling
API, the ActivationUserGroupId field on the SandboxInfo object will be required. To avoid losing the ability to create or refresh
Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes, use API version 60.0 or later. See Tooling API: SandboxInfo for more information.
Who: All users in the production org with the Manage Developer Sandboxes or Manage Sandboxes user permission.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Determine Who Has Sandbox Access
Salesforce Help: Create and Edit Groups
Salesforce Help: Freeze or Unfreeze User Accounts
Salesforce Help: Create a Sandbox
Salesforce Help: Refresh a Sandbox

Platform Development Tools

Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience
for custom app development on Salesforce.

Salesforce CLI
Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your
application lifecycle.
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code
The Salesforce extension pack includes tools for developing on the Customer 360 Platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code
editor.
Code Builder
Code Builder is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code,
Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.
Agentforce for Developers
Agentforce for Developers is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop
and Code Builder. Agentforce for Developers is built using CodeGen and xGen-Code, secure, custom AI models from Salesforce. It's
enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.
Scalability
Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you
scale.

260
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Salesforce CLI
Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application
lifecycle.
We release new versions of Salesforce CLI weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements

Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements so you can learn about better ways to work with your Salesforce DX projects.

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements

Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements so you can learn about better ways to work with your Salesforce DX projects.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce CLI version 2.44.8 and later.
How: Read the Salesforce CLI weekly release notes for detailed information about all the new and changed features and bug fixes in
recent releases. This topic provides just a taste of some of the features we recently delivered.

Important: Be sure you read this announcement about the upcoming removal of these commands: force:source:*,
force:mdapi:*, force:org:create, and force:org:delete.
Move Complex Data More Easily with the Improved data Commands (Generally Available)
Import and export test data more easily with the improved data import|export tree commands. Key improvements
include:
• You can now export up to five levels of child objects in a query when using data export tree --plan.
• The data import tree --plan command can now handle files that contain more than 200 records.
• When you run data import tree with the --file flag, the command uses parallel uploads, which improves performance.
Upload a Local File to Salesforce Files
Use the new data create file command to upload a file from your local project to an org. The upload creates a record in
the ContentDocument standard object. You can attach the uploaded file to an existing record, such as an account.
This example shows how to upload the local file astro.png to your default org, give the file a new name, and attach the file to
the record with ID a03fakePIA3.
sf data create file --file astro.png --title Astro.png --parent-id a03fakePIA3

Faster Salesforce CLI Installation and Updates

Installing and updating Salesforce CLI is now faster, particularly on Windows, because we significantly reduced the size of
the npm packages (by 35%) and the operating system-specific installers (by 10%).
Easier Troubleshooting of Deploy or Retrieve Errors
We improved the file system structure of the output when you set the SF_MDAPI_TEMP_DIR environment variable and then
run project deploy start or project retrieve start. For example, the output now includes a timestamp and
whether the output resulted from a deploy or a retrieve. For retrieves, the output includes both metadata and source format files so
you can review exactly what the CLI received from your org before the files were converted.
Permanently Delete Org Records
Permanently delete records in your org with the new --hard-delete flag of data delete bulk. With this flag, the
records become immediately eligible for deletion and you no longer need to clean them manually from the Recycle Bin.

261
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

This example shows how to permanently delete account records from your default org by using the IDs listed in the specified CSV
file:
sf data delete bulk --sobject Account --file files/delete.csv --hard-delete

To use this feature you must have the Bulk API Hard Delete system permission. The permission is disabled by default and can be
enabled only by your Salesforce admin.

SEE ALSO:
GitHub: Salesforce CLI Release Notes
Salesforce CLI Command Reference: data Commands
Salesforce CLI Command Reference: project convert source-behavior (Beta)
Salesforce CLI Setup Guide: Debug Errors When Deploying or Retrieving Source
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Files
Salesforce Help: Activation of Bulk API Hard Delete on System Administrator Profile

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

The Salesforce extension pack includes tools for developing on the Customer 360 Platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor.
We release new versions of the extensions weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The new site aggregates all the
documentation for Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site
redirect to the new site.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The new site aggregates all the documentation
for Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the new
site.
Where: The new documentation site is available on developer.salesforce.com.

SEE ALSO:
Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site
Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look

Code Builder
Code Builder is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce
Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.
We release new versions of Code Builder, as needed.

262
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

See the off-cycle Code Builder release notes on GitHub.

Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site

The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The site aggregates all the documentation
for Code Builder and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the new site.

Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look

Agentforce for Developers

Agentforce for Developers is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and
Code Builder. Agentforce for Developers is built using CodeGen and xGen-Code, secure, custom AI models from Salesforce. It's enabled
by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.
Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

Use Generative AI For Salesforce Development with Agentforce for Developers (Generally Available)
Agentforce for Developers is now generally available. With Agentforce for Developers, you have a modern development environment
that uses custom generative AI that has been trained on anonymized code patterns.
Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look
The documentation has a new UI that’s more consistent with the look and feel of other Salesforce developer guides. The site
aggregates all the documentation for Agentforce for Developers and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site
redirect to the new site.

Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look

The documentation has a new UI that’s more consistent with the look and feel of other Salesforce developer guides. The site aggregates
all the documentation for Agentforce for Developers and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the
new site.
Where: The new documentation site is available on developer.salesforce.com.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site

Scalability
Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale.

Scale Test
Book a slot on your sandbox instance calendar and test at production peak load. We added inputs for business metrics, use cases,
flows, and a ramp plan to the booking process. Use Trial Accuracy Checker to create a sandbox trial run by using the same code from
production. The Test Execution page now includes a link to Scale Center on the Compare Tests tab.
Scale Center
We've added a Report Insights feature that shows you which reports were slow over the last week and recommendations to improve
performance. We also added fully decrypted URLs in the Callout summary of the Integrations analysis. Signature Customers see Scale
Center deep linking in the Technical Health Score (THS) on the CSS Portal.
ApexGuru
We've expanded our antipattern detection features that optimize Apex code and improve performance. View SOQL queries in loops,
identify inefficient query filters and operations, and get recommendations for reducing expensive string operations and debug
statements.

Scale Test
Book a slot on your sandbox instance calendar and test at production peak load. We added inputs for business metrics, use cases, flows,
and a ramp plan to the booking process. Use Trial Accuracy Checker to create a sandbox trial run by using the same code from production.
The Test Execution page now includes a link to Scale Center on the Compare Tests tab.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
Who: Scale Test is available for customers with a full sandbox in all Hyperforce regions, except Singapore.
How: To get access, contact your customer success representative or account executive. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale,
and then click Scale Test.

264
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Heroku

Scale Center
We've added a Report Insights feature that shows you which reports were slow over the last week and recommendations to improve
performance. We also added fully decrypted URLs in the Callout summary of the Integrations analysis. Signature Customers see Scale
Center deep linking in the Technical Health Score (THS) on the CSS Portal.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition. Scale Center isn’t supported in Government Cloud Plus.
Who: Scale Center is generally available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers.
You can enable Scale Center for five Standard (non-SysAdmin) users per org.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click Scale Center.

ApexGuru
We've expanded our antipattern detection features that optimize Apex code and improve performance. View SOQL queries in loops,
identify inefficient query filters and operations, and get recommendations for reducing expensive string operations and debug statements.
Where: These updates apply to Salesforce environments with ApexGuru enabled in Full Sandbox and Production environments.
Who: ApexGuru is generally available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale Insights, and then click ApexGuru Insights.

Heroku
Use Heroku to build, deliver, monitor, and scale innovative apps fast. Publish your Heroku apps as External Services and create actions
in Salesforce.
To learn more about Heroku, see the Heroku Dev Center.

Explore Your Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup (Pilot)

Publish your Heroku apps as External Services by using the Heroku Integration add-on. After connecting to Salesforce and publishing
your app, your app’s API operations become actions in External Services. You can explore these APIs in Salesforce Setup and use
these actions in Flow Builder, Apex, and Data Cloud. Your Heroku app can connect, query, and write back to Salesforce and Data
Cloud.

Explore Your Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup (Pilot)

Publish your Heroku apps as External Services by using the Heroku Integration add-on. After connecting to Salesforce and publishing
your app, your app’s API operations become actions in External Services. You can explore these APIs in Salesforce Setup and use these
actions in Flow Builder, Apex, and Data Cloud. Your Heroku app can connect, query, and write back to Salesforce and Data Cloud.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.

Note: Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: To participate in the pilot program, contact your account executive.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Heroku, and then select Apps.

265
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Functions

Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

Salesforce Functions is retiring on January 31, 2025. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To
preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term
ends.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
See Salesforce Functions Retirement on the Heroku Dev Center for the end-of-life timeline and more information on migrating your
functions.

SEE ALSO:
Developer Doc: Salesforce Functions Release Notes

Change Data Capture

Check out the objects that are enabled for change data capture.

Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects

Many more objects are now enabled for Change Data Capture. With these enabled objects, you can receive real-time notifications
of new and changed records.

266
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

Remove Channels and Channel Members From Your Second-Generation Managed Packages
Package developers can update a second-generation managed package to remove previously added PlatformEventChannel and
PlaformEventChannelMember components. For example, a developer can remove a member selected for change data capture
notifications by removing the channel member from a channel. Subscriber orgs that install the updated managed package get the
updated channel member selections and the removed components are hard deleted. Previously, PlatformEventChannel and
PlaformEventChannelMember components couldn't be removed from an updated second-generation managed package.

Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects

Many more objects are now enabled for Change Data Capture. With these enabled objects, you can receive real-time notifications of
new and changed records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select the objects that you want to get notifications for on the Change Data Capture page in Setup, or create a custom channel.

Salesforce Overall
• AccountCleanInfo
• AssetRelationship
• AssociatedLocation
• AuthorizationFormDataUse
• BusinessBrand
• CalendarView
• CollaborationGroupRecord
• CollabTemplateMetric
• ConferenceNumber
• ContactCleanInfo
• ContentFolder
• Coupon
• ExternalEvent
• FieldServiceMobileSettings
• FlowRecord
• FlowRecordElement
• FlowRecordVersion
• ForecastingOwnerAdjustment
• LinkedArticle
• ManagedContent
• MerchantAccount
• ObjectDataImport
• ProcessException
• ProfileSkillEndorsement
• QuickTextUsage
• SurveyInvitation

267
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

• SurveySubject
• TenantEntitlementTransaction
• TenantUsageTypeMultiplier
• Territory2Model
• TodayGoal
• UserAppInfo
• UserEmailPreferredPerson
• WaveAutoInstallRequest
• WorkAccess
• WorkBadge
• WorkBadgeDefinition
• WorkCapacityLimit
• WorkThanks

Commerce
• LocationGroup
• LocationGroupAssignment
• FulfillmentOrder
• FulfillmentOrderLineItem
• FulfillmentOrderItemTax
• OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary
• OrderDeliveryGroupSummary
• OrderDeliveryMethod
• OrderItemSummary
• OrderItemSummaryChange
• OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
• OrderPaymentSummary
• OrderSummary
• SalesChannel

Data Cloud
• MarketSegmentActivation

Einstein
• Conversation Reason objects: ConversationContextEntry, ConversationReason, ConversationReasonExcerpt, and
ConversationReasonGroup. See Einstein Conversation Insights in Salesforce Help.

Field Service
• ProductWarrantyTerm
• ReturnOrderItemAdjustment

268
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

• ReturnOrderItemTax

Industries
Automotive Cloud objects:
• AssetAccountParticipant
• Vehicle
• VehicleDefinition
Consumer Goods Cloud objects:
• Promotion
• RetailStore
Financial Services Cloud objects:
• PersonLifeEvent
Health Cloud objects:
• ActivityTiming
• CareMetricTarget
• CarePgmProvHealthcareProvider
• CareProgramCampaign
• CareProgramGoal
• CareRequestExtension
• CareRequestReviewer
• ClinicalEncounterDiagnosis
• DataUseLegalBasis
• HealthScore
• LiveAgentSession
• MedicationReconciliation
• MedicationStatementDetail
• MedicinalIngredient
• MedReconRecommendation
• MedReconStmtRecommendation
• PatientMedicalProcedureDetail
Loyalty Management objects:
• BenefitType
• JournalSubType
• JournalType
• LoyaltyMemberCurrency
• LoyaltyMemberTier
• LoyaltyPartnerProduct
• LoyaltyPgmEngmtAttribute
• LoyaltyPgmEngmtAttrProm

269
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

• LoyaltyPgmGroupMbrRlnsp
• LoyaltyPgmMbrAttributeVal
• LoyaltyPgmPartnerPromotion
• LoyaltyProgram
• LoyaltyProgramBadge
• LoyaltyProgramCurrency
• LoyaltyProgramMemberBadge
• LoyaltyProgramMemberCase
• LoyaltyProgramPartner
• LoyaltyTier
• LoyaltyTierBenefit
• LoyaltyTierGroup
• MemberBenefit
• PromotionLoyaltyPtnrProdt
• PromotionMarketSegment
• VoucherDefinition
Manufacturing Cloud objects:
• AccountForecast
• AcctMgrTarget
• AcctMgrTargetDstr
• LeadLineItem
• LeadPreferredSeller
• OpportunityPreferredSeller
• SalesAgreement
• SalesAgreementProduct
Nonprofit Cloud objects:
• GiftCommitment
• GiftCommitmentSchedule
• GiftSoftCredit
• GiftTransaction
• OutreachSourceCode
• GiftRefund
• GiftTransactionDesignation

Salesforce Flow
• FlowOrchestrationVersion

Security and Identity

• AuthorizationFormDataUse

270
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

• CommSubscriptionTiming
• DataUseLegalBasis
• DataUsePurpose

Service
• LiveChatTranscriptEvent
• LiveChatVisitor
• MessagingEndUser
• MessagingSession
• PendingServiceRouting
• UserServicePresence

Remove Channels and Channel Members From Your Second-Generation Managed

Packages
Package developers can update a second-generation managed package to remove previously added PlatformEventChannel and
PlaformEventChannelMember components. For example, a developer can remove a member selected for change data capture notifications
by removing the channel member from a channel. Subscriber orgs that install the updated managed package get the updated channel
member selections and the removed components are hard deleted. Previously, PlatformEventChannel and PlaformEventChannelMember
components couldn't be removed from an updated second-generation managed package.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide: Remove Metadata Components from Second-Generation Managed Packages
Change Data Capture Developer Guide: Select Objects for Change Notifications with Metadata API and Tooling API

Platform Events
Process high volumes of platform events efficiently with parallel subscriptions. Learn about the retirement of standard-volume platform
events.

Process Platform Events at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers (Generally Available)
To speed up platform event processing in an Apex trigger, use parallel subscriptions to process events simultaneously instead of in
a single stream. With parallel subscriptions, you can scale your Apex platform event triggers to handle high volumes of events. Parallel
subscriptions are available for custom high-volume platform events but not standard events or change events.
Standard-Volume Platform Events Are Being Retired
Standard-volume platform events are legacy custom events and scheduled for retirement in Summer ’25. As of Spring ’19 (API version
45.0), you can define only high-volume platform events, and you can’t define standard-volume platform events. If you still have
legacy standard-volume events, replace them with high-volume platform events. After retirement, you can no longer publish or
subscribe to standard-volume platform events.

271
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through 36.0 Are Now Retired

If your client references any of the retired API versions, the system routes the request to the latest API version. Even though the
system uses a newer API version, we recommend that you update your client to use the latest API version to make your code more
accurate.
We Changed the Default Value of the Publish Behavior Field to Publish Immediately
Starting in Winter '25, the default value of the Publish Behavior field for a platform event is Publish Immediately.
Previously, the default value was Publish After Commit. We recommend using the default value of Publish
Immediately for most implementations. Use the Publish After Commit value only for implementations that require
the commitment of data in the same transaction or if you expect the event to be rolled back if the transaction fails.

Process Platform Events at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers (Generally
Available)
To speed up platform event processing in an Apex trigger, use parallel subscriptions to process events simultaneously instead of in a
single stream. With parallel subscriptions, you can scale your Apex platform event triggers to handle high volumes of events. Parallel
subscriptions are available for custom high-volume platform events but not standard events or change events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: How the system distributes events to parallel subscriptions depends on the partition key that you specify—the standard
EventUuid field or a platform event custom field. You can specify up to 10 parallel subscriptions, also referred to as partitions.

272
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

To configure parallel subscriptions for an Apex trigger, use Tooling API or Metadata API to specify the event field used for partitioning
(PartitionKey) and the number of partitions (NumPartitions) in PlatformEventSubscriberConfig. This example shows a
PlatformEventSubscriberConfig Tooling API request body for a custom partition key field and three partitions.
{
"DeveloperName":"MyOrderEventTriggerConfig",
"MasterLabel":"MyOrderEventTriggerConfig",
"PlatformEventConsumerId": "<Apex_Trigger_Id>",
"PartitionKey": "Order_Event__e.Order_Number__c",
"NumPartitions": "3"
}

For a custom field, the partition key includes the event name as a prefix in this format: EventName__e.FieldName__c. For the
standard EventUuid field, the partition key format is the field name without the event name: EventUuid.
To monitor your parallel subscriptions, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Platform Events, select Platform Events, and
then click your platform event. The parallel subscriptions are displayed on the platform event detail page, in the Parallel Subscriptions
related list.

273
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Event Bus

SEE ALSO:
Platform Events Developer Guide: Platform Event Processing at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers

Standard-Volume Platform Events Are Being Retired

Standard-volume platform events are legacy custom events and scheduled for retirement in Summer ’25. As of Spring ’19 (API version
45.0), you can define only high-volume platform events, and you can’t define standard-volume platform events. If you still have legacy
standard-volume events, replace them with high-volume platform events. After retirement, you can no longer publish or subscribe to
standard-volume platform events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Migrate Standard-Volume Platform Events to High-Volume Platform Events Before Retirement

Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through 36.0 Are Now Retired

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Streaming API Versions 23.0 through 36.0 Retirement

We Changed the Default Value of the Publish Behavior Field to Publish Immediately
Starting in Winter '25, the default value of the Publish Behavior field for a platform event is Publish Immediately.
Previously, the default value was Publish After Commit. We recommend using the default value of Publish Immediately
for most implementations. Use the Publish After Commit value only for implementations that require the commitment of
data in the same transaction or if you expect the event to be rolled back if the transaction fails.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
Why: The previous default value of Publish After Commit covers the data-commitment and rollback requirements but adds
processing overhead. With this new default, change the value of the Publish Behavior field only when your implementation requires it.

SEE ALSO:
Platform Events Developer Guide: Platform Event Fields

Event Bus
Use event relays with filtered and enriched channels.

274
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Event Bus

Delivered Idea: Use a Filtered Channel to Relay Events to Amazon EventBridge

Add a filter to a custom channel and send only platform events and change events that match the filter criteria to Amazon EventBridge.
By using a filtered channel, you reduce the volume of events relayed to Amazon EventBridge, process events efficiently, and decrease
the consumption of the event delivery allocation. Stream filtering is available for custom channels that reference custom platform
events and change events but not for real-time event monitoring events. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Send Enriched Change Events to Amazon EventBridge
Make sure that relayed change events always contain fields whether changed or not, and use channels that are configured with
change event enrichment with event relays. Previously, you couldn’t use enriched channels with event relays. We delivered this
feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
AWS Region Validation for Seamless Event Relay Execution
The AWS region in your event relay named credential is now validated to be in upper case. When you create a new named credential,
the creation fails if the supplied AWS region isn’t in capital letters.
Configure Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta) in Tooling API with Postman
The Event Platform folder in the Salesforce Platform APIs Postman collection has a new member, the Managed Event
Subscriptions folder. It contains useful Tooling API requests that you can run to create, update, and list managed event
subscriptions for Pub/Sub API.

Use a Filtered Channel to Relay Events to Amazon EventBridge

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Event Channels
Platform Events Developer Guide: Filter Your Stream of Platform Events with Custom Channels

Send Enriched Change Events to Amazon EventBridge

Make sure that relayed change events always contain fields whether changed or not, and use channels that are configured with change
event enrichment with event relays. Previously, you couldn’t use enriched channels with event relays. We delivered this feature thanks
to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Event Channels
Change Data Capture Developer Guide: Enrich Change Events with Extra Fields

275
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

AWS Region Validation for Seamless Event Relay Execution

The AWS region in your event relay named credential is now validated to be in upper case. When you create a new named credential,
the creation fails if the supplied AWS region isn’t in capital letters.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: The AWS URL uses the format arn:aws:aws_region:aws_account_number. Make sure that aws_region is in
upper case. For example, use US-WEST-2 and not us-west-2 or a mix of cases.
To make sure your event relays run without issues caused by the specified AWS region, verify that all the named credentials include the
AWS region in upper case. If the AWS region in an existing named credential isn’t specified in upper case, edit the URL field of the named
credential to change the AWS region to upper case. Then stop the event relay and run it again. If you don’t restart the event relay, it can
fail in some cases. See Create a Named Credential for Event Relay Setup in Salesforce Help.

Configure Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta) in Tooling API with Postman

The Event Platform folder in the Salesforce Platform APIs Postman collection has a new member, the Managed Event
Subscriptions folder. It contains useful Tooling API requests that you can run to create, update, and list managed event subscriptions
for Pub/Sub API.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Pub/Sub API isn’t available in Government
Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Platform APIs Postman Collection
Trailhead: Quick Start: Connect Postman to Salesforce
Pub/Sub API Developer Guide: Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta)
Metadata API Developer Guide: ManagedEventSubscription (Beta)
Tooling API Developer Guide: ManagedEventSubscription (Beta)

New and Changed Items for Developers

Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize Salesforce
features.

Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Build UI easily with these new and changed resources.
Apex: New and Changed Items
These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.
ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums
Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex.
API: New and Changed Items
Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 62.0.

Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Build UI easily with these new and changed resources.

276
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New and Changed Lightning Web Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.
New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components
Do more with Lightning web components by using modules.
New and Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components
Use Lightning web components in builders such as Lightning App Builder, Experience Builder, Flow Builder, and more.
New and Changed Aura Components
Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

New and Changed Lightning Web Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

Changed Lightning Web Components

The following components have changed.
lightning-datatable
This behavior has changed.
• During inline editing, validation errors appear on the cell itself rather than on the whole datatable.
• The fieldNames property used for adding row-level error messages now supports custom error messages that display below
the cell. You can override standard validation error messages.
This attribute is new.
• single-row-selection-mode—Specifies whether to render checkboxes or radio buttons in the selection column. Use
this attribute only when you set max-row-selection="1" to restrict selection to one row. Valid values are radio and
checkbox. The default value is radio.
This attribute has changed.
• wrap-table-header—This attribute is now a string instead of a boolean. In addition to clipping or wrapping all table
headers, you can now wrap or clip table headers based on the wrap and clip settings for each individual column. Accepted
values are all, none, and by-column. The default value is none, which clips all table headers.
lightning-input
This behavior is new for type="number".
• A badNumericInput validity error is emitted when the input isn’t a number. The default error message is, “Enter a valid
numeric value.” You can use the message-when-bad-input attribute to override the default message.
This accessibility behavior is new for all input types except for type="datetime" and type="time" .
• When a validity error occurs, the input label is now added as a hidden assistive text right before the error message.
This accessibility behavior is new for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• When the date field receives focus, a message appears inline beneath the field that shows the expected date format. The date
format shown is based on the user's locale and date-style attribute.
– date-style="medium" (default) displays Format: Dec 31, 2024
– date-style="short" displays Format: 12/31/2024
– date-style="long" displays Format: December 31, 2024

• When focus is removed from the date field, the message is hidden and available as assistive text.

277
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

This accessibility behavior has changed for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• The error message for the valueMissing now includes the expected date format. The listed date format in the message
corresponds to the user’s locale and the date-style attribute. For example: "Complete this field with format Dec 31, 2024."
• All custom error messages now include additional text after the custom message with the expected date format in parentheses.
The listed date format in the appended text corresponds to the user’s locale and the date-style attribute. For example:
"This is a custom message (Use format Dec 31, 2024)
lightning-record-form
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.
lightning-record-edit-form
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.
lightning-record-picker
The primaryField and additionalFields properties of the matching-info object now support a mode property.
Specifying a matching mode can be useful in addressing performance concerns when searching through large datasets within an
org. Set the mode property to one of these values.
• contains—(default) matches results that contain the search term.
• startsWith—matches results that start with the search term. Use this option to narrow the scope of the search to improve
performance.
lightning-modal
This accessibility behavior has changed.
• The close icon now has a white background fill to comply with non-text contrast ratio requirements in Web Content Accessibility
Guidelines (WCAG 2.1). The slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer applied to the close icon.
lightning-record-view-form
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.

New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components

Do more with Lightning web components by using modules.

New Modules
These modules are now available.
lightning/uiLayoutApi
This module includes this new function.
• getLayout—Gets layout information, metadata, and data to build UI for one or more records.

278
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

lightning/uiLearningPlatformApi
This module includes this new wire adapter.
• evaluateLearningItem—Checks whether the criteria for completing a custom exercise in an Enablement program are
satisfied.

Changed Modules
These modules have new, changed, or deprecated wire adapters and JavaScript functions.
lightning/uiGraphQLApi
The GraphQL wire adapter is now supported in Experience Cloud sites.
lightning/uiListsApi
This module includes these new wire adapters.
• createListInfo—Create a list view associated with an object.
• deleteListInfo—Delete a list view.
• getListInfosByObjectName—Get the list views associated with an object.
• getListObjectInfo—Get the metadata for a list view object.
• getListPreferences—Get the preferences for a list view.
• getListRecordsByName—Get record data for a list view.
• updateListInfoByName—Update a list view’s metadata.
• updateListPreferences—Update the preferences for a list view.
For more information, see Manage List Views with New Lightning Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters.
experience/cmsDeliveryApi
This module includes this new wire adapter.
• getContents—Retrieves a list of published content from an enhanced CMS workspace for an enhanced LWR site in Experience
Cloud.

New and Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components

Use Lightning web components in builders such as Lightning App Builder, Experience Builder, Flow Builder, and more.

New Targets
These targets are now available.
lightning__ECSFSApp
Enables a component to be used in Field Service Mobile App Builder.
lightning__EnablementProgram
Enables a component to be used in Program Builder as a custom exercise type for an Enablement program.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: XML Configuration File Elements

279
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New and Changed Aura Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

Changed Aura Components

These components have changed.
lightning:datatable
This behavior has changed.
• During inline editing, validation errors appear on the cell itself rather than on the whole datatable.
• The fieldNames property used for adding row-level error messages now supports custom error messages that display below
the cell. You can override standard validation error messages.
This attribute is new.
• singleRowSelectionMode—Specifies whether to render checkboxes or radio buttons in the selection column. Use this
attribute only when you set maxRowSelection="1" to restrict selection to one row. Valid values are radio and
checkbox. The default value is radio.
This attribute has changed.
• wrapTableHeader—This attribute is now a string instead of a boolean. In addition to clipping or wrapping all table headers,
you can now wrap or clip table headers based on the wrap and clip settings for each individual column. Accepted values are
all, none, and by-column. The default value is none, which clips all table headers.
lightning:input
This behavior is new for type="number".
• A badNumericInput validity error is emitted when the input isn’t a number. The default error message is, “Enter a valid
numeric value.” You can use the messageWhenBadInput attribute to override the default message.
This accessibility behavior is new for all input types except for type="datetime" and type="time" .
• When a validity error occurs, the input label is now added as a hidden assistive text right before the error message.
This accessibility behavior is new for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• When the date field receives focus, a message appears inline beneath the field that shows the expected date format. The date
format shown is based on the user's locale and dateStyle attribute.
– dateStyle="medium" (default) displays Format: Dec 31, 2024
– dateStyle="short" displays Format: 12/31/2024
– dateStyle="long" displays Format: December 31, 2024